WO2001032432A1 - Image forming device - Google Patents

Image forming device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2001032432A1
WO2001032432A1 PCT/JP2000/007773 JP0007773W WO0132432A1 WO 2001032432 A1 WO2001032432 A1 WO 2001032432A1 JP 0007773 W JP0007773 W JP 0007773W WO 0132432 A1 WO0132432 A1 WO 0132432A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
developer
image forming
forming apparatus
supply unit
developer supply
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2000/007773
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Taichi Itoh
Akira Kumon
Yoshitaka Kitaoka
Hidenori Tomachi
Masahiro Aizawa
Original Assignee
Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
Array Ab
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Array Ab filed Critical Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd.
Priority to AU10564/01A priority Critical patent/AU1056401A/en
Publication of WO2001032432A1 publication Critical patent/WO2001032432A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03GELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
    • G03G15/00Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern
    • G03G15/22Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern involving the combination of more than one step according to groups G03G13/02 - G03G13/20
    • G03G15/34Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern involving the combination of more than one step according to groups G03G13/02 - G03G13/20 in which the powder image is formed directly on the recording material, e.g. by using a liquid toner
    • G03G15/344Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern involving the combination of more than one step according to groups G03G13/02 - G03G13/20 in which the powder image is formed directly on the recording material, e.g. by using a liquid toner by selectively transferring the powder to the recording medium, e.g. by using a LED array
    • G03G15/346Apparatus for electrographic processes using a charge pattern involving the combination of more than one step according to groups G03G13/02 - G03G13/20 in which the powder image is formed directly on the recording material, e.g. by using a liquid toner by selectively transferring the powder to the recording medium, e.g. by using a LED array by modulating the powder through holes or a slit
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/385Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by selective supply of electric current or selective application of magnetism to a printing or impression-transfer material
    • B41J2/41Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by selective supply of electric current or selective application of magnetism to a printing or impression-transfer material for electrostatic printing
    • B41J2/415Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by selective supply of electric current or selective application of magnetism to a printing or impression-transfer material for electrostatic printing by passing charged particles through a hole or a slit
    • B41J2/4155Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by selective supply of electric current or selective application of magnetism to a printing or impression-transfer material for electrostatic printing by passing charged particles through a hole or a slit for direct electrostatic printing [DEP]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an image forming apparatus that forms an image by ejecting a developer to a recording member.
  • a developer injection type apparatus As one of the image forming apparatuses, a developer injection type apparatus is known. In this type of apparatus, first, an acceleration electric field is generated by inputting an image signal to a control electrode provided on a control plate of a print head, and the charged developer is used for the control plate by utilizing the acceleration electric field. Fly so that it passes through the specified developer passage hole. Then, the developer is sucked by the back electrode, so that the developer is attached to a recording medium moving between the control plate and the back electrode, and an image is formed on the recording medium.
  • Japanese Patent Publication No. 44-263333 discloses a device of a method of directly forming an image on a recording sheet by ejecting toner onto the recording sheet (direct marking method). I have.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 8-144239 discloses a plurality of developing devices arranged in the conveying direction of recording paper, each of which is composed of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black.
  • a configuration comprising a plurality of back electrodes arranged two-dimensionally on a support table so as to face each developing device with the It is shown.
  • Hei 9-130683 discloses a configuration in which a plurality of developing devices of each color of yellow, magenta, and cyan are arranged along the traveling direction of a transfer belt.
  • a head distance the distance between the control plate and the recording medium (hereinafter, referred to as a head distance) or the distance between the developer carrying roller and the control plate is very short.
  • the short head spacing and the like such as high-precision positioning of the control board and the like and securing insulation.
  • the head spacing varies, the flight time of the developer becomes non-uniform, and the recording characteristics deteriorate significantly. Therefore, it is extremely important to keep the head spacing constant in a developer injection type device.
  • the overall color balance may fluctuate significantly even if the recording characteristics of each color are slightly reduced. Therefore, stabilization of recording characteristics is strongly desired.
  • the head spacing is not sufficient because the quality (flatness, etc.) of the recording sheet is not stable. Tends to be stable. Therefore, there is a problem that the fluctuation of the recording characteristics is large.
  • a belt having a higher quality than a recording sheet is used as a recording medium, so that the head interval is more stable than in the above-described apparatus.
  • the apparatus disclosed in the above-mentioned U.S. Pat. No. 5,559,586 uses a single-color developer, so that a color image cannot be formed with the same configuration. .
  • the yellow, magenta, and cyan developing units are arranged in series in the same direction as the running direction of the intermediate image pelt, and the back electrodes corresponding to the developing units are arranged in parallel with the intermediate image belt. It was arranged in a straight line. Therefore, if the parallelism between a plurality of back electrodes is impaired due to, for example, one back electrode protruding toward the intermediate image belt from the other back electrodes, some back electrodes and the intermediate image belt may be damaged. There was a gap between the heads and the head spacing became unstable, and image quality was likely to deteriorate.
  • a developer injection type device in order to form dots of, for example, about 100 ⁇ m on a recording sheet, a developer carrying roller and a control plate, or a control plate and a back electrode are connected. It is necessary to approach each other at minute intervals of about several hundred microns, and selectively apply a high voltage of several hundred to several thousand volts to the minute intervals.
  • control electrode is located on the back of the control plate so that the control electrode does not directly face the developer carrying roller. (A surface opposite to the surface facing the developer carrying roller) is disclosed.
  • the control plate includes an insulating sheet and a control electrode. By adopting such a configuration, the insulating sheet is interposed between the control electrode and the developer carrying roller. Therefore, an electrical short circuit between the control electrode and the developer carrying roller is temporarily prevented.
  • the control electrode is provided on the surface of the insulating sheet facing the developer carrying roller. Since it is disposed on the back surface, the distance between the developer carrying roller and the control electrode becomes longer by the thickness of the insulating sheet. For this reason, it was difficult to secure the required electrolytic strength, and the flight of the developer was not stable. As a result, there is a problem that it is difficult to obtain a sufficient image quality.
  • a diaphragm electrode for controlling the flying of the developer is often provided separately from the control electrode for the purpose of preventing deflection and convergence of the flying direction of the developer.
  • the simplest configuration is to provide the control electrode on one surface of the control plate and provide the aperture electrode on the other surface.
  • a simple configuration in which the electrodes are provided on both sides of the control plate is employed. I can't do that.
  • the developer passage hole in the control plate is a fine small hole of about 100 m, the developer passage hole is likely to be clogged by foreign substances (dust, dust, etc.) scattered in the device and the developer itself. .
  • foreign substances dust, dust, etc.
  • the smooth passage of the developer is hindered, and there is a possibility that the dots become thinner or the dots do not come out. Therefore, a configuration is desired in which a developer carrying roller control plate is opened to the outside as necessary, and a cleaning operation for mechanically removing accumulated developer and foreign matter can be appropriately performed.
  • the developer since the developer is a consumable item, when the developer in the apparatus runs short, it is necessary to replace the developer supply unit and the like in order to supply the developer.
  • foreign matter such as a metal piece may enter the apparatus from the outside, and such foreign matter may adhere to the developing agent carrying roller or the vicinity of the control electrode of the control plate. If such foreign matter enters, the surfaces of the control plate and the developer carrying roller may be damaged, and the image quality may be locally reduced or so-called dot missing may occur. Further, if a foreign substance is caught between the control electrode and the developer carrying port, the control electrode and the developer carrying roller may be electrically short-circuited, and the reliability of the apparatus may be impaired.
  • an object of the present invention is to solve various problems caused by a short head spacing and the like.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an image forming apparatus which can form a blank image, is easy to use, and can be easily miniaturized.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a highly reliable image forming apparatus capable of forming a high-quality image by removing a foreign substance even when the foreign substance is attached. Disclosure of the invention
  • a developer carrier that carries and transports a charged developer, a back electrode disposed so as to face the developer carrier, the developer carrier, and the back electrode.
  • An intermediate image holding means disposed between the developer carrier and the intermediate image holding means, and an insulating base material having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein;
  • a signal electrode disposed around each of the developer passage holes in the conductive base material and to which an image signal is supplied.
  • a developer passage control member that flies so as to pass through the developer passage hole and adheres to the intermediate image holding unit, and forms an intermediate image on the intermediate image holding unit; and an intermediate image on the intermediate image holding unit.
  • the intermediate image holding means since the contact area between the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode is increased, the intermediate image holding means travels in a state in which it is securely in contact with the back electrode. Therefore, the interval between the developer passage control member and the intermediate image holding unit, that is, the head interval is stabilized. Therefore, a high level of image quality is formed.
  • the back electrode is formed by a columnar or cylindrical electrode extending in a direction orthogonal to a running direction of the intermediate image holding means.
  • a back electrode that comes into contact with the intermediate image holding means so as to have a predetermined winding angle is realized.
  • the back electrode is constituted by a rotatable electrode roller.
  • the dynamic friction between the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode during traveling of the intermediate image holding means is reduced. Therefore, the intermediate image holding means runs smoothly despite the contact area between the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode having a wrapping angle to increase the mutual contact area. In addition, since the wear of the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode is small, the life and reliability of the apparatus are improved.
  • a developer supply unit having a container for accommodating a developer and having the developer carrying member attached thereto, and the developer supply unit being freely insertable and removable. And a developer passage control member, wherein the developer passage control member is attached to the housing member.
  • the developer supply unit is easily attached and detached by the operation of inserting and removing the developer supply unit with respect to the housing member. Therefore, replacement of the developer supply unit and replenishment of the developer are easy. Further, simply by attaching the developer supply unit to the housing member, the alignment between the developer carrier and the developer passage control member (particularly, the developer passage hole) is automatically realized. Therefore, the positional relationship between the developer carrier and the developer passage control member is set to a predetermined positional relationship with high accuracy.
  • the developer supply unit is provided between the developer carrier and the back electrode when the developer supply unit is mounted on the housing member. And a first spacer in contact with the back electrode so as to keep a predetermined interval.
  • the first spacer when the developer supply unit is mounted on the housing member, the first spacer is brought into contact with the back electrode, and the distance between the developer carrier and the back electrode is fixed.
  • the interval will be set with high precision.
  • the developer passage control member comprises a control plate having one end fixed to the housing member and the other end connected to the housing member via a tension member.
  • the developer carrier is in contact with the control plate so as to press the control plate.
  • the developer passage control member comprises a control plate having one end fixed to the housing member and the other end connected to the housing member via a tension member. The developer carrier is in contact with the control plate via a second spacer so as to press the control plate.
  • the developer carrier when the developer supply unit is mounted on the housing member, the developer carrier is simply brought into contact with the control plate via the second spacer, and the developer carrier and the developer carrier are connected to each other.
  • the distance from the control plate is set to a predetermined distance with high accuracy. Therefore, the head interval is set with high accuracy, and the image quality is stabilized.
  • the developer supply unit is provided with first engagement means, and the housing member is engaged with the first engagement means, Second engaging means for guiding insertion and removal of the developer supply unit is provided.
  • the first engagement means comprises a projection or a rod-shaped member projecting from the developer supply unit
  • the second engagement means comprises Is a guide means for guiding the rod-shaped member.
  • the protrusion or the rod-shaped member of the developer supply unit engages with the guide means of the housing member, and the developer carrier is positioned at a predetermined position. It is surprising. Therefore, the developer carrier and the back electrode can be easily and accurately aligned.
  • the guide means may be any means that engages with the above-mentioned protrusion or rod-shaped member, and may be, for example, a concave portion or a groove.
  • the developer supply unit is guided so that the developer carrier moves toward the center of the back electrode.
  • the guide means of the housing member comprises: an insertion portion extending in a predetermined insertion direction; and a predetermined or continuous bending of the developer carrier from the insertion portion. And a positioning section for guiding to the recording position.
  • the protrusion or the rod-shaped member of the developer supply unit when mounting the developer supply unit, first, the protrusion or the rod-shaped member of the developer supply unit is engaged with the insertion portion, and the developer supply unit is moved in the predetermined insertion direction. Is inserted along. Thereafter, the protrusion or the rod-shaped member moves from the insertion portion to the positioning portion, and the developer supply unit is guided to a predetermined recording position.
  • the recording position means an appropriate position during a recording operation in which the developer is ejected to the intermediate image holding unit.
  • the developer carrier is eventually guided toward the center of the back electrode.
  • the positioning of the developer carrier with respect to the back electrode in the radial direction and the circumferential direction does not affect each other, and the developer carrier and the back electrode are positioned with high precision.
  • the insertion portion and the positioning portion are disposed so as to extend on the same straight line.
  • the developer supply unit is straightened toward the recording position.
  • the image forming apparatus further comprises a plurality of recording units each including the developer carrier, the developer passage control member, and the back electrode, and The means is provided so as to sequentially travel between the developer passage control member of each of the recording sections and the back electrode.
  • the head interval of each recording unit can be stabilized. If the developer in the recording section is made of a different color, a high-quality color image with excellent color balance is formed.
  • a fourteenth invention is directed to a developer carrier that carries and transports a charged developer, a back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier, the developer carrier, and the back surface.
  • Electric An insulating substrate disposed between the electrode and a plurality of developer passage holes, and disposed around each developer passage hole in the insulating substrate and supplied with an image signal.
  • An image comprising: an intermediate image holding means disposed so as to sequentially travel between a developer passage control member and a back electrode; and a transfer means for transferring an intermediate image on the intermediate image holding means to a recording medium.
  • a forming device wherein at least each of the back electrodes of the first, second, and third recording units is The contact portion of the back electrode of the second recording unit is different from the contact portion of the back electrode of the first recording unit and the contact unit of the third recording unit. It is arranged so as to protrude toward the intermediate image holding belt side from an imaginary line connecting the contact portion of the back electrode.
  • each of the back electrodes of the first to third recording units has a contact portion, and the back electrode of the second recording unit protrudes toward the intermediate image holding unit. Therefore, the intermediate image holding unit contacts at least the back electrode of the second recording unit so as to have a predetermined winding angle. As a result, the intermediate image holding means travels in a state in which it is securely in contact with the back electrode, so that the head interval is stabilized. Therefore, recording conditions are highly uniform, and a high level of image quality is formed.
  • a fifteenth aspect of the present invention provides a developer carrier that carries and transports a charged developer, a back electrode disposed so as to face the developer carrier, the developer carrier and the back surface.
  • An insulating substrate provided between the electrode and the plurality of developer passage holes, and an image signal provided around the respective developer passage holes in the insulating substrate.
  • a developer passage control member that causes the developer on the developer carrier to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole and fly toward the back electrode based on the image signal.
  • Developing a plurality of recording units including at least a first and a second recording unit, and developing each of the recording units so as to generate an intermediate image by receiving a developing agent from a developer passage control member of each of the recording units;
  • Intermediate image holding hand disposed so as to run sequentially between the agent passage control member and the back electrode
  • the intermediate image holding means A guide member for guiding the intermediate image holding means to the first recording section so that the intermediate image travels from the first recording section toward the second recording section;
  • An image forming apparatus including a transfer unit for transferring the image to the intermediate image holding unit, wherein at least the guide member and each of the back electrodes of the first and second recording units have a contact portion that contacts the intermediate image holding unit.
  • the intermediate image holding belt has a contact portion of the back electrode of the first recording unit which is larger than an imaginary line connecting the contact portion of the guide member and the contact portion of the back electrode of the second recording unit. It is arranged to protrude to the side.
  • the guide member and each of the back electrodes of the first and second recording units include an abutting portion, and the back electrode of the first recording unit protrudes toward the intermediate image holding unit. Therefore, the intermediate image holding unit contacts at least the back electrode of the first recording unit so as to have a predetermined winding angle. As a result, the intermediate image holding means travels in a state in which the intermediate image holding means is securely in contact with the back electrode, so that the head interval is stabilized.
  • the mutual positional relationship between the developer carrying member, the developer passage control member, the intermediate image holding means, and the back electrode of each of the recording units is a plurality.
  • the numbers are the same between the recording units.
  • the recording conditions are made uniform among the plurality of recording sections, and a high-level image is formed.
  • each of the recording units includes a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and having the developer carrier attached thereto.
  • the direction in which the developer supply unit is inserted and removed is different for each developer supply unit.
  • the restriction on the insertion / removal direction of the developer supply unit is reduced, and the degree of design freedom of the apparatus is increased.
  • An eighteenth invention is based on the sixteenth invention, wherein each of the recording units has a container for accommodating a developer and has a developer supply unit attached with the developer carrier.
  • a housing member to which the developer supply unit is detachably attached wherein each of the developer supply units is provided with a first engaging means, and each of the housing members has a developer passage therethrough.
  • a second engaging means is provided for guiding the insertion / removal of the developer supply unit by engaging the first engaging means with the control member, and is mounted on the upper side of the apparatus main body.
  • the developer supply units are non-parallel to each other so that the direction of insertion and removal of the developer supply unit is larger than the direction of insertion and removal of the developer supply unit attached to the lower part of the apparatus main body. It is what is arranged.
  • the developer supply unit mounted on the lower side of the apparatus main body is inserted into or removed from the front, rear, or side, and the developer supply unit mounted on the upper side of the apparatus main body.
  • a configuration in which the developer supply unit can be easily removed and inserted can be obtained, for example, by inserting and removing the unit upward.
  • the first engaging means comprises a protrusion or a rod-like member projecting from the developer supply unit
  • the second engaging means comprises the protrusion or the rod-like member. It comprises guide means for guiding the members.
  • the protrusion or the rod-shaped member of the developer supply unit engages with the guide means of the housing member, and the developer supply unit is positioned at a predetermined position. You will be guided.
  • the recording units each include a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and having the developer carrier attached thereto.
  • the directions in which the developer supply unit is inserted and removed are parallel to each other.
  • the size of the apparatus can be reduced by reducing the dead space between the developer supply units.
  • the recording units each include a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and having the developer carrying member attached thereto; A housing member for detachably mounting the developer supply unit; and a projection or a rod-like member projecting from the developer supply unit is provided on each of the developer supply units.
  • a developer passage control member is attached to each of them, and an insertion portion extending in a predetermined insertion direction, and a positioning portion that continuously or bends from the insertion portion to guide the developer carrier to a predetermined recording position.
  • Guide hand for the projection or rod-shaped member including While the step is formed, the insertion portions of the housing member of the recording unit are formed parallel to each other.
  • the size of the apparatus can be reduced by reducing the dead space between the developer supply units.
  • the insertion portion and the positioning portion are arranged so as to extend on the same straight line.
  • the developer supply unit is straightened toward the recording position.
  • each of the recording units has a container for accommodating a developer, and a developer supply unit to which the developer carrier is attached.
  • a support portion provided on the developer supply unit, the support portion supporting the developer passage control member on the developer supply unit so as to cover the front end side of the developer carrier, and the developer supply unit includes: Engagement means comprising protrusions or rod-shaped members protruding from the developer supply unit are provided, and a housing member provided with a plurality of guide means for guiding the engagement means of each of the developer supply units is provided.
  • the guide means of the housing member includes: an insertion portion extending in a predetermined insertion direction; and a positioning portion continuously or bent from the insertion portion to guide each of the developer carriers to a predetermined recording position. Have .
  • the developer passage control member is integrated with the developer supply unit, and the developer passage control member and the developer supply unit can be simultaneously replaced.
  • the insertion portion may move the developer supply units in the horizontal direction when the developer supply units are mounted. It is formed so as to guide obliquely downward or downward.
  • the developer supply unit can be easily mounted.
  • the insertion portion is constituted by a horizontal guide portion extending in a horizontal direction.
  • the developer supply units of the recording unit are formed in the same shape.
  • the twenty-sixth aspect of the present invention it is not necessary to manufacture a different type of unit for each recording unit. For example, a mold cost when a container for the developer supply unit is manufactured by resin molding, and the like. Therefore, manufacturing costs can be reduced.
  • the developer carrier of each of the developer supply units, the developer passage control member, the intermediate image holding unit, and the back electrode Is the same among a plurality of developer supply units, while the positional relationship of the storage container with respect to the back electrode and the intermediate image holding means is different for each developer supply unit.
  • the shape and dimensions of the container of the developer supply unit are the same among a plurality of developer supply units, while the shape and dimensions of the container are the same as the center of the developer carrier.
  • the positional relationship between the imaginary line connecting the center of the developer passage hole of the developer passage control member and the storage container is different for each developer supply unit. According to each of the twenty-seventh and twenty-eighth inventions, for example, even when the insertion / removal direction of the developer supply unit is different between a plurality of recording units, the developer carrying member and developer passage control of each recording unit Since the means, the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode are in a predetermined positional relationship, good recording is possible.
  • a twentieth invention is the invention according to any one of the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twenty-first to twenty-third inventions, wherein the developer supply unit of each of the recording units includes a housing for another recording unit.
  • the developer supply unit has a different shape or size from the developer supply unit of another recording unit so that it cannot be inserted into or removed from a member.
  • the first engagement means of the developer supply unit of each of the recording parts is not capable of engaging with the second engagement means of the other recording part.
  • the other recording unit is different in shape or size from the first engaging means of the developer supply unit.
  • the engaging means of the developer supply unit of each recording section is related to a guide means for guiding the engaging means of the developer unit of another recording section. Failure For the sake of simplicity, the shape and dimensions of the recording unit are different from those of the engaging means of the developer supply unit of the other recording unit.
  • a thirty-second invention is directed to a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and a developer support for transporting the developer in the storage container while supporting the developer.
  • a back electrode disposed between the developer carrier, the image receiving member disposed between the developer carrying member and the back electrode, a rear electrode disposed between the developer carrying member and the image receiving member, and An insulating substrate having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein, and a signal electrode disposed around each developer passage hole of the insulation substrate and supplied with an image signal;
  • a developer passage control member that causes the developer on the developer carrier to fly through a predetermined developer passage hole based on an image signal and adhere to the image receiving body;
  • the developer carrier is formed detachably with respect to the apparatus main body, and the developer carrier is provided with the developer supply unit.
  • the portion of the developer passage control member facing the developer passage hole when the cartridge is mounted on the apparatus main body is formed so as to convey the developer vertically downward or substantially vertically downward. Things.
  • the thirty-second aspect when a foreign substance or the like clogged between the developer passage control member and the developer carrying member is removed, the foreign substance or the like falls by gravity.
  • the transport direction of the developer carrier is vertically downward or substantially vertically downward, the foreign matter and the like that has been removed once are transferred again to the developer passage control member and the developing device by the transport operation of the developer carrier during the recording operation. There is no return to the agent carrier and no clogging between them. Therefore, damage to the developer passage control member, electrical short-circuit between the developer passage control member and the developer carrier, and the like are prevented.
  • the image receiving member may be an intermediate image holding means such as an intermediate image holding belt or a recording medium such as a recording paper. That is, the image forming apparatus and the following image forming apparatuses may be those that transfer an intermediate image to a recording medium or those that directly form an image on a recording medium.
  • the thirty-third invention is directed to a storage container for storing the developer and the developer in the storage container.
  • a developer supply unit having a developer carrier conveyed from the developer carrier, a back electrode disposed so as to face the developer carrier, and a rear electrode disposed between the developer carrier and the back electrode.
  • a signal electrode provided around the hole and supplied with an image signal, and flying the developer on the developer carrier so as to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole based on the image signal.
  • a developer passage control member for causing the developer supply unit to adhere to the image receiving member, wherein the developer supply unit is formed so as to be freely detachable in a horizontal direction or a substantially horizontal direction with respect to the apparatus main body.
  • the present invention provides a developer supply unit having a container for storing a developer and a developer carrier for carrying the developer in the container while carrying the developer.
  • a back electrode disposed so as to face, an image receiving member disposed between the developer carrying member and the back electrode, and a rear electrode disposed between the developer carrying member and the image receiving member.
  • a developer passage control member for causing the developer on the developer carrier to fly through a predetermined developer passage hole based on the image signal and attaching the developer to the image receiver; and inserting the developer supply unit Unit is provided to allow the developer supply unit to be inserted and withdrawn.
  • the unit main body and the developer supply unit are closed so that the unit insertion slot of the apparatus main body is closed when the developer supply unit is detached from the apparatus main body. It is provided with a shutter for opening and closing.
  • the shut-off means when the developer supply unit is separated from the apparatus main body, the shut-off means is closed, so that the developer passage control member is not exposed to the outside of the apparatus. Therefore, foreign matter is prevented from entering the developer passage control member from outside the apparatus. Further, there is no possibility that the user's hand directly touches the developer passage control member or the like.
  • a container for storing the developer and the developer in the container are supported.
  • a developer supply unit that has a developer carrying member that is conveyed from the main body and that is detachably formed in the apparatus main body; a back electrode that is disposed to face the developer carrying member; An image receiving body disposed between the body and the back electrode; and an insulating substrate provided between the developer carrier and the image receiving body and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein, A signal electrode disposed around each developer passage hole of the insulating base material and supplied with an image signal; and developing the developer on the developer carrier based on the image signal in a predetermined manner.
  • a developer passage control member that is caused to fly through the developer passage hole and adhere to the image receiving member; and a developer supply unit when the developer supply unit is not attached to the apparatus main body or when the developer supply unit is not attached to the apparatus main body.
  • the developer passage control member Cleaning means for performing a cleaning operation for removing adhering foreign matter.
  • the foreign matter can be removed without manual intervention.
  • the cleaning means includes a vibrating means for applying mechanical vibration to the developer passage control member.
  • a developing device having a container for accommodating a developer and a developer carrying member for carrying the developer in the container while carrying the developer, wherein the developing container is detachably attached to the apparatus body.
  • a developer supply unit a back electrode arranged to face the developer carrier, an image receiver arranged between the developer carrier and the back electrode, and the developer carrier.
  • An insulating substrate disposed between the image receiving member and the plurality of developer passage holes, and an image signal is provided around the respective developer passage holes of the insulating substrate.
  • the developer supply unit is provided with the developer when attached to the apparatus main body. To perform conveyance movements to lifting body It is formed as follows.
  • the thirty-seventh aspect of the invention even when a foreign substance has adhered to the developer carrying member before the developer supply unit is mounted, the foreign substance is not attached when the developer supply unit is mounted. Since the developer is transported in the transport direction of the developer carrier, there is no clogging between the developer passage control member and the developer carrier.
  • the developer supply unit is provided with a developer supply roller for supplying the developer in the container to the developer carrier, a regulating blade for regulating the amount of developer carried on the developer carrier, and the like. In such a case, the conveyed foreign matter is regulated by the developer supply roller and the regulating blade, so that the foreign matter is reliably prevented from returning between the developer passage control member and the developer carrier. You.
  • the developer supply unit is formed so as to be capable of being inserted into and removed from the apparatus main body in a horizontal direction or a substantially horizontal direction. Is what is being done.
  • the thirty-eighth aspect when the developer supply unit is mounted on the apparatus main body, it is possible to prevent foreign substances from freely falling from the outside and adhering to the developer passage control member or the like. In addition, even when foreign matter adheres to the shutter means, the foreign matter does not drop onto the developer passage control member due to gravity due to the opening and closing operation of the shutter means.
  • a thirty-ninth aspect is the invention according to the thirty-second, thirty-third, thirty-fifth, or thirty-seventh aspect, wherein a unit insertion slot for inserting the developer supply unit is formed in the apparatus main body, Opening and closing the developer supply unit so as to close the unit supply opening when the developer supply unit is detached from the apparatus main body. It is provided with shutter means.
  • the shirt closing means when the developer supply unit is detached from the apparatus main body, the shirt closing means is closed, so that the developer passage control member is not exposed to the outside of the apparatus. Therefore, foreign matter is prevented from entering the developer passage control member.
  • a 40th invention is the 32nd, 33rd, 34th or 37th invention, wherein the developer supply unit is not provided with the developer supply unit.
  • Cleaning means for performing a cleaning operation for removing foreign matter adhering to the member is provided.
  • foreign substances can be removed without manual intervention. Also, since the removed foreign matter is removed in the downward direction, which is the downstream side in the rotation direction of the developer carrying member during recording, the removed foreign matter is again removed during the recording operation by the developer carrying member and the developer passage control member. Will not return to the position between.
  • the cleaning means includes a vibration means for applying mechanical vibration to the developer passage control member.
  • the forty-first aspect by applying mechanical vibration to the developer passage control member, foreign matters adhering to and around the developer passage hole of the developer passage control member can be easily removed. You. Therefore, even when foreign matter adheres to the developer passage control member during the replacement operation of the developer supply unit, the foreign matter can be removed without manual operation. Also, since the removed foreign matter is removed in the downward direction, which is the downstream side in the rotation direction of the developer carrying member during recording, the removed foreign matter is again removed during the recording operation by the developer carrying member and the developer passage control member. It does not occur that the developer carrier and the control electrode of the developer passage control member are electrically short-circuited due to the destruction of the insulating layer.
  • the apparatus main body includes a recovery unit that recovers the developer removed from the developer passage control member.
  • the developer supply unit is transported to the developer carrier in accordance with attachment to the apparatus main body. It is designed to exercise.
  • a forty-fourth invention is based on the thirty-sixth invention, wherein the vibration means extends in an arrangement direction of an ultrasonic vibration generator that generates ultrasonic vibration, and a developer passage hole of the developer passage control member. Is fixed to the developer passage control member beside the developer passage hole, and one end of the ultrasonic vibration generator transmits the ultrasonic vibration to the developer passage control member so as to transmit the ultrasonic vibration to the developer passage control member. And a vibrating body connected to the vibration generating body.
  • the ultrasonic vibration generated by the ultrasonic vibration generator is transmitted to the developer passage control member via the vibrator, and the periphery of the developer passage hole of the developer passage control member and Foreign matter adhering to the inside is removed.
  • the developer carrier when the developer supply unit is attached to or detached from the apparatus main body, the developer carrier performs a transport motion in a direction opposite to a developer transport direction. It has a blocking means for blocking.
  • the developer carrier when the developer supply unit is attached or detached, the developer carrier does not perform the transport movement in the direction opposite to the developer transport direction, so that leakage of the developer from the developer supply unit is prevented. Is done.
  • the developer carrier is constituted by a carrier roller, and the carrier roller is provided with a rotating gear means that rotates with the carrier roller.
  • the apparatus main body is provided with rack means which engages with the rotating gear means so as to rotate the carrier roller in a developer conveying direction with the mounting of the developer supply unit.
  • the carrying roller can be rotated in the developer transport direction when the developer supply unit is mounted.
  • the support roller is provided in the container so that a part of the roller is exposed to the outside of the container, and A portion facing the developer passage hole is formed so as to convey the developer vertically downward
  • the apparatus main body is provided with a housing member formed so as to be capable of horizontally inserting and removing the storage container
  • the rotating gear means is disposed coaxially with the support roller, and the rack means is disposed on an inner lower surface of the housing member.
  • a forty-eighth invention is based on the forty-sixth invention, wherein the rotating gear means is formed by a reduction gear that reduces a rotational driving force due to engagement with the rack means and transmits the reduced driving force to the carrying roller. Things.
  • the developer supply unit can be inserted with a small force even when the load torque of the support roller when the developer supply unit is inserted is large.
  • the interval between the intermediate image holding means and the developer passage control member is stabilized with high accuracy, so that a plurality of developer supply units can be provided.
  • the recording conditions can be made uniform. Therefore, a high-quality color image with excellent color balance can be formed.
  • an image forming apparatus that is easy to use and easy to downsize can be realized.
  • FIG. 1 is a sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the image forming apparatus according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of the image forming apparatus according to the first embodiment, and illustrates a state before a developing device is mounted.
  • FIG. 3 is an enlarged sectional view showing a print head of the image forming apparatus according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the front side of the control plate
  • FIG. 4 (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. 4 (a)
  • FIG. 4 (c) is a cross-sectional view of the back side of the control plate.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing an arrangement state of the back electrode.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram for explaining a relationship between a shift amount and a shift angle of a contact portion between the back electrode and the intermediate image belt.
  • FIGS. 7A to 7D are perspective views of the image forming apparatus.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the second embodiment, and illustrates a state before a developing device is mounted.
  • FIG. 10 is an enlarged sectional view showing a print head of the image forming apparatus according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the third embodiment, and illustrates a state before a developing device is mounted.
  • FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the fourth embodiment, and illustrates a state before a developing device is mounted.
  • FIG. 15 is an enlarged sectional view showing a print head of the image forming apparatus according to the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the print head of the image forming apparatus according to the fourth embodiment, showing a state in which the developing device is being mounted.
  • the image forming apparatus of this embodiment includes print heads 1a to 1d of four colors of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and each print head 1a to 1d. 1 d
  • This device forms an intermediate image on the intermediate image belt 7 by sequentially injecting toner of each color onto the intermediate image belt 7, and transfers the intermediate image to recording paper 50 to form a color image.
  • a single main housing member 2 in which four housing members 2 a to 2 d are integrally formed is provided inside the substantially rectangular parallelepiped main body case 3 placed on the floor surface.
  • the main housing member 2 is configured to be detachable from the main body case 3.
  • Each of the housing members 2a to 2d is formed of a cylindrical container having the same shape.
  • the developer supply containing the toners 8a to 8d of the four colors of yellow, magenta, cyan and black respectively is supplied.
  • Units (hereinafter referred to as developing units) 5a to 5d are provided so as to be freely inserted and removed, respectively.
  • the print head la includes a housing member 2a having a developer insertion slot 60 provided at the right end and a developer supply opening 10 formed at the left end, and a housing member 2a. It has a control plate 4 disposed on the left outer surface so as to cover the developer supply opening 10, and a developing device 5a removably mounted in the housing member 2a. On the left side of the control plate 4, a back electrode 6a is disposed at an appropriate distance from the control plate 4. The intermediate image belt 7 is disposed so as to run between the back electrode 6a and the control plate 4.
  • the developing device 5a includes a cylindrical storage container 9 for storing the toner 8a as a developer, and a supporting roller 11 provided on a distal end side (the left side in FIG. 3) of the storage container 9. .
  • the holding roller 11 holds the toner 8 a in the storage container 9 and conveys the toner 8 a to the vicinity of the toner passage hole 23 of the control plate 4 described later.
  • the carrying roller 11 is attached to the container 9 so that a part of the roller protrudes from the tip of the container 9. Thereby, when the developing device 5a is mounted, the tip of the support roller 11 is positioned so as to face the developer supply opening 10.
  • the container 9 of the developing device 5a has a regulating blade 12 for regulating the toner layer on the supporting roller 11 so as not to be thick, and the toner 8a in the container 9 by stirring.
  • a supply roller 13 is provided for supplying to the support roller 11 after being charged by friction.
  • the carrying roller 11 is formed in a cylindrical or columnar shape having a central axis extending in the horizontal direction (the direction of the front and back of the sheet of FIG. 3).
  • a metal such as aluminum or iron, an alloy, or the like can be preferably used.
  • an aluminum cylindrical roller having an outer diameter of 2 O mm and a thickness of 1 mm is used.
  • the regulating blade 12 is made of an elastic member such as urethane, and has a hardness of 40 to 80 degrees (JISK 6301 A scale) and a free end length (length of a portion protruding from the mounting portion). 5 mn!
  • An appropriate linear pressure on the carrying roller 11 is 5 g / cm to 40 g / cm, and a roller which forms one to three layers of the toner 8 a on the carrying roller 11 is particularly preferable.
  • the supply roller 13 is provided with a synthetic rubber such as foamed urethane of about 2 to 6 mm on a metal shaft of iron or the like (in this embodiment, a metal shaft having a diameter of 8 mm), and has a hardness of about 30 degrees.
  • the supply roller 13 assists the charging of the toner 8a and controls the supply of the toner 8a.
  • the amount of the supply roller 13 biting into the support roller 11 is particularly preferably about 0.1 mm to 2 mm.
  • the toner 8a is sandwiched between the carrying roller 11 and the regulating blade 12, where the toner 8a receives a small amount of agitation and receives electric charge from the carrying roller 11 to be charged.
  • a non-magnetic material having an average particle diameter of 8 ⁇ m having a negative charge of ⁇ 10 ° C./g is used as the toner 8 a.
  • the carrying roller 11, the regulating blade 12, and the supply roller 13 may be electrically grounded, or may be configured to receive a DC or AC voltage.
  • the regulating blade 12 may be electrically floated.
  • the regulating blade 12 is configured to be electrically floated.
  • Axial direction of the carrying roller 11 (front and back sides of the paper surface in Fig. 3) Outside of both ends, the gap between the carrying roller 11 and the back electrode 6a is maintained at a predetermined distance by contacting the back electrode 6a.
  • a regulatory collar 14 is provided as the first spacer to be possessed.
  • the regulating collar 14 is formed in a cylindrical shape concentric with the carrying roller 11. Regulations 1 to 4
  • the outer periphery is in contact with the back electrode 6a, and the inner periphery is fixed in contact with the outer periphery of the carrying roller 11 or the outer periphery of the guide shaft 15 extending to both sides from the carrying roller 11 C
  • the distance between the back electrode 6a and the supporting roller 11 is set to 150 5 ⁇ !
  • the interval is set to a predetermined interval of up to 10000 ⁇ m (350 im in the present embodiment).
  • An opening (not shown) through which the regulating collar 14 penetrates is formed on both sides of the developer supply opening 10 of the housing member 2a (both ends in the front and back directions of the paper of FIG. 3). .
  • Guide shafts 15 concentric with the carrying roller 11 are provided on both sides of the carrying roller 11 in the axial direction so as to protrude from both ends of the container 9.
  • Guide grooves 17 for guiding the guide shaft 15 are formed in both end walls 16 of the housing member 2a.
  • the guide groove 17 guides the guide shaft 15 so that the carrying roller 11 is positioned at a predetermined mounting position (recording position).
  • the guide groove 17 is formed by a straight groove.
  • the back electrode 6a is formed by dispersing a conductive filler in a metal or resin material, and is a cylindrical or cylindrical electrode roller having a central axis extending in the horizontal direction.
  • the back electrode 6a forms an electric field between the supporting roller 11 and the toner to attract the toner 8a to the back electrode 6a.
  • the DC voltage applied to the back electrode 6a is preferably about 500 V to 2000 V, and in the present embodiment, a voltage of 100 V is applied.
  • the rear electrodes 6a to 6d are disposed in the main body case 3, and the main housing member 2 is removably positioned and fixed to the right of the rear electrodes 6a to 6d. I have.
  • a fixing portion 19 for fixing one end of the control plate 4 is formed on one side of the developer supply opening 10 side of the housing member 2a, and the other end of the control plate 4 is formed on the other side.
  • a part of the stay 20 is formed to bend rightward to the right.
  • the stay part 20 has a substantially semicircular cross section.
  • a pair of spring hooks 21 are provided at a predetermined interval from the stay part 20.
  • control plate 4 includes a sheet-like insulating base material 22 and a plurality of image signal electrodes.
  • a large number of toner passage holes 23 are formed in the insulating base material 22 at predetermined intervals along the width direction of the intermediate image belt 7 (see FIG. 3). Columns 24 are formed.
  • the image signal electrode 39 is formed in a ring shape on the surface of the insulating base material 22 (the surface facing the carrying roller 11) so as to surround each toner passage hole 23.
  • An electrode 40 is provided on the back surface of the insulating base material 22 (the surface facing the intermediate image belt 7).
  • the insulating substrate 22 is preferably made of a material such as polyimide or polyethylene terephthalate, and has a thickness of 1! ⁇ 100zm is preferred.
  • the insulating base material 22 is made of polyimide having a thickness of 50 / m, and the diameter of the toner passage hole 23 is set to 145 m.
  • the image signal electrode 39 is made of a metal foil such as copper having a thickness of about 5 to 30 ⁇ m, and is formed in a ring shape having an inner diameter of 150 ⁇ m and an outer diameter of 250 ⁇ m. I have.
  • the gap of the aperture electrode 40 is formed in a circular shape having an inner diameter of 250 m.
  • An insulating layer 41 made of a thin resin layer having a thickness of l / m to 10 ⁇ m is provided on the surface of 40.
  • the image signal electrodes 39 are independently connected to image signal output units (not shown) for supplying image signals to the image signal electrodes 39 via the lead wires 39a. It is preferable that a voltage of 400 V or less is applied to the image signal electrode 39. In the present embodiment, a voltage of 300 V is applied to an image signal electrode that ejects toner to the intermediate image belt 7, and a voltage of ⁇ 100 V is applied to an image signal electrode that does not eject toner. You.
  • control plate 4 As shown in FIG. 3, one end of the control plate 4 is fixed to a fixing portion 19 of the housing member 2a with fixing screws 25. The other end of the control plate 4 is temporarily bent by the stay part 20, and the tip is locked to a spring hook 21 via a tension spring 26. As a result, a tensile tension acts on the control plate 4 so that the control plate 4 does not warp or bend. Further, the control plate 4 is provided with a spacer 27 as a second spacer on the inner surface on the upper side in the rotation direction of the supporting roller 11 from the toner passage hole array 24. This speaker 2 7 This is for providing a predetermined interval between the carrying roller 11 (strictly speaking, the toner layer on the carrying roller 11) and the control plate 4.
  • the regulating collar 14 comes into contact with the back electrode 6a, and the distance between the carrying roller 11 and the back electrode 6a becomes a predetermined distance.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the carrying roller 11 comes into contact with the spacer 27.
  • a pressing force acts on the spacer 27 from the carrying roller 11, and the tension spring 26 suspended at the end of the control plate 4 expands.
  • the control plate 4 is transmitted to the plate 4 and is brought into close contact with the carrying roller 11 via the spacer 27 over the entire width.
  • the gap between the toner layer on the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 is automatically set to a predetermined interval in the range of 0 to 200 zm by the spacer 27. In the present embodiment, this interval is set to 50 m.
  • the control plate 4 is positioned and fixed with high accuracy in a state where the developing device 5a is mounted on the housing member 2a. That is, the toner passage hole array 24 is parallel to the axis of the carrying roller 11, and when there are a plurality of toner passage hole arrays 24, the passage hole arrays 24 are precisely parallel to each other. Will be in parallel.
  • the inside of the main body case 3 is endless so as to run sequentially between the control plate 4 mounted on each of the housing members 2a to 2d and the back electrodes 6a to 6d.
  • a belt-shaped intermediate image belt 7 is provided.
  • Reference numerals 29 and 30 denote a pair of belt rollers around which the intermediate image belt 7 is wound.
  • a transfer roller for transferring the toner image formed on the surface of the intermediate image belt 7 to the recording paper 50 is provided for the belt roller 29 located downstream of the housing members 2 a to 2 d in the belt traveling direction. 31 is disposed so as to face the belt roller 29.
  • the back electrodes 6a to 6d of the print heads 1a to 1d are arranged in a ridge between the belt roller 29 and the belt roller 30 so as to swell toward the main housing member 2. It has been done. That is, the back electrodes 6 b and 6 c other than the back electrodes 6 a and 6 d located at both ends protrude more toward the intermediate image belt 7 than the imaginary line connecting the belt contact portions of the adjacent back electrodes.
  • the contact portion 70b of the back electrode 6b is formed by a contact portion 70a of the back electrode 6a and a contact portion 7a of the back electrode 6c. 0 c and Projecting from the imaginary line 71 connecting the intermediate image belt 7 side.
  • the rear electrodes 6a to 6d are arranged as described above, so that each of the rear electrodes 6a to 6d has a predetermined winding angle 6> with the rear surface of the intermediate image belt 7. In contact. Thereby, a large contact area between the intermediate image pelt 7 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d is ensured. Therefore, even if the rear electrodes 6a to 6d are displaced in the axial direction, and even if there is some error in the toner passage hole 23 of the control plate 4, the toner passage hole 23 is always in the middle. It will be in contact with the back electrode 6 a to 6 d of the image pelt 7.
  • the developing devices 5a to 5d and the main housing member 2 have a detachable structure in which the rear electrodes 6a to 6d can be freely attached and detached. If not, the positions of the toner passage holes 23 of the respective developing devices 5a to 5d are likely to shift, and as a result, the distance between the toner passage holes 23 and the intermediate image pelt 7 tends to be uneven. However, in the present embodiment, since the back electrodes 6a to 6d are arranged as described above, even if the position of the toner passage holes 23 is slightly shifted during mounting, the toner passage holes 23 and The interval between the intermediate image belt 7 and the intermediate image belt 7 is maintained at a predetermined interval.
  • the toner passage holes The interval between 23 and the intermediate image belt 7 is kept at a predetermined interval.
  • the value of the wrap angle 0 is preferably 2 ° or more so that the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d can reliably maintain the state of contact with the intermediate image belt 7.
  • the winding angle 0 is preferably smaller, for example, the value is preferably 90 ° or less. Therefore, the value of the winding angle 0 is preferably 2 ° to 90 °, particularly preferably 2 ° to 15 °, and further preferably 2 ° to 6 °. In the present embodiment, the winding angle 0 is 3 °.
  • both ends of the toner passage hole array 24 of the control plate 4 are In general, the positional deviation of each of them is about ⁇ 0.1 mm, and the positioning accuracy of the control plate 4 opposed to the rear electrode 6 is expressed by the circumferential angle of the rear electrode 6. Equivalent to an angle of 0.6 °. For this reason, the winding angle 0 of the intermediate image belt 7 is set to ⁇ 1 °, that is, 2 ° or more, as described above, so as to allow a margin of more than ⁇ 0.6 °.
  • the toner passage hole array 2 4 Even if there is some misalignment, the toner passage hole array 24 and the intermediate image belt 7 face each other within the range where the back electrodes 6a to 6d and the intermediate image belt 7 are in contact with each other.
  • the spatial distance between them that is, the head interval
  • the housing members 2a to 2d of the print heads 1a to 1d are arranged substantially radially.
  • the positional relationship among the carrying roller 11, the control plate 4, the intermediate image belt 7, and the back electrodes 6a to 6d is the same for all the print heads 1a to 1d.
  • the housing members 2 a to 2 d and the control plate 4 are vertically symmetrical with respect to an imaginary line L connecting the centers of the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d and the carrying roller 11 (excluding fixed parts and the like).
  • each of the housing members 2a to 2d are respectively parallel to the virtual line L, and the developing devices 5a to 5d are inserted and removed in a direction parallel to the virtual line L. Will be attached and detached. Therefore, since the carrying roller 11 is guided toward the center of each of the back electrodes 6a to 6d in parallel with the imaginary line, when the carrying roller 11 is moved in the radial direction, the position in the circumferential direction follows the movement. It is possible to avoid a situation where the position is shifted. That is, the radial positioning and the circumferential positioning of the carrying roller 11 with respect to each of the back electrodes 6a to 6d do not affect each other.
  • the winding angle 0 of the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d of each of the print heads 1 a to 1 d is 3 ° ( ⁇ 1.5 ° with respect to the virtual line L), and Since the virtual line L is horizontal in the black developing unit 5d located at the bottom, the virtual lines L of the cyan, magenta, and yellow developing units 5a, 5b, and 5d (that is, each developing unit Are 3 °, 6 °, and 9 ° respectively with respect to the horizontal line.
  • a detachable paper feed tray 49 is provided, and inside this paper feed tray 49, recording paper 50 is stacked and accommodated.
  • 51 is a paper feed roller for transporting the recording paper 50
  • 52 and 53 are a paper feed guide and a transport guide for guiding the recording paper 50.
  • a fixing roller 54 fixes the toner image transferred to the recording paper 50 by thermocompression.
  • 55 is a paper discharge roller and 56 is a paper discharge tray.
  • Reference numeral 37a denotes an operation unit disposed on the upper surface of the main body case 3.
  • the right wall of the main body case 3 was formed to be openable and closable.
  • the lid is 36. Further, the lid 36 is provided with a spring member 29 a for pressing each of the developing devices 5 a to 5 d toward the control plate 4.
  • each of the developing devices 5a to 5d receives a leftward pressing force from the spring member 29a.
  • the regulating collar 14 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d, and the supporting roller 11 and the spacer 27 are in close contact with each other.
  • the developing units 5a to 5d are mounted.
  • the developing units 5a to 5d are engaged while the guide shaft 15 is engaged with the guide grooves 17. Slide to the left.
  • the developing devices 5a to 5d are slid until the regulating collars 14 contact the back electrodes 6a to 6d, so that the developing devices 5a to 5d are formed of the housing members 2a to 2d. It is set at a predetermined position d (hereinafter referred to as a recording position). At this time, as shown in FIG.
  • a predetermined pressing force to the left is applied to each of the developing devices 5 a to 5 d by a spring member 29 a provided on the lid 36 of the main body case 3.
  • 5a to 5d are held at the recording positions.
  • the guide shaft 15 and the guide groove 17 are engaged so that the center axis of the carrying roller 11 and the toner passage hole array 24 of the control plate 4 are positioned so as to be parallel to each other.
  • the regulating collar 14 is brought into contact with the back electrodes 6a to 6d, so that the distance between the carrying roller 11 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d can be adjusted with high precision so that the distance becomes a predetermined value. Is set.
  • the carrying roller 11 comes into contact with the control plate 4 via the spacer 27, and the control plate 4 is pressed and displaced against the urging force of the tension spring 26. Then, the distance between the support roller 11 and the control plate 4 is set with high accuracy by the spacer 27 so as to be a predetermined value.
  • the image forming operation will be described.
  • a predetermined voltage is applied to a predetermined image signal electrode 39 of the control plate 4 based on an external image signal
  • the carrier roller 11 and the back electrode The electric field between 6a to 6d is strengthened, or an accelerating electric field is formed between the carrier roller 11 and the image signal electrode 39.
  • the toners 8 a to 8 d on the supporting roller 11 are pulled toward the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d and fly from the supporting roller 11.
  • the flying toners 8 a to 8 d pass through the toner passage holes 23 of the control plate 4 and land on the intermediate image belt 7.
  • the developing units 5a to 5d for each color sequentially perform such a recording operation, so that a color image combining toners 8a to 8d of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black is formed on the intermediate image belt 7. Is formed.
  • the intermediate image on the intermediate image pelt 7 is transferred to the recording paper 50.
  • the recording paper 50 to which the intermediate image has been transferred is supplied to the fixing roller 54 through the conveyance guide 53. Then, the recording paper 50 is discharged onto the discharge tray 56 by the discharge roller 55 after the toner image is fixed by the fixing roller 54.
  • the carrier roller 11 and the toner passage hole array 2 of the control plate 4 4 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d can be positioned in parallel and in any direction with high accuracy, and the interval between them can be set with high accuracy at a predetermined interval, so that high-quality images can be formed. Can be done.
  • the regulating collar 14 is attached to the rear electrode 6 when the developing devices 5a to 5d are inserted into the housing members 2a to 2d.
  • the distance between the support roller 11 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d can be set to a predetermined distance with high accuracy.
  • the carrying roller The distance between 11 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d can be regulated with high precision for each of the developing devices 5a to 5d.
  • control plate 4 since the spacer 27 is provided inside the control plate 4, when the developing units 5a to 5d are mounted, the control plate 4 contacts the supporting roller 11 via the spacer 27. Touch As a result, the control plate 4 receives the tensile force of the tension spring 26 and receives the pressing force of the carrying roller 11 to be displaced toward the intermediate image pelt 7 so that the distance between the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 becomes a predetermined distance. Can be set with high precision.
  • the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d are positioned such that a part of the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d projects with respect to the imaginary line 71 connecting the abutting portions of the adjacent back electrodes 6 a to 6 d or the belt rollers 29 and 30. Arranged in a relationship. Therefore, the intermediate image belt 7 is suspended at a constant wrap angle 6> on all the back electrodes 6a to 6d, and the intermediate image belt 7 is securely adhered to all the back electrodes 6a to 6d. It can be run stably in the state where it was done.
  • the toner passage hole 23 of the control plate 4 faces the position of the back electrodes 6a to 6d within the range of the winding angle ⁇ , the contact with the back electrodes 6a to 6d of the intermediate image belt 7 is made. You will face the touching part. Therefore, the intermediate image pelt 7 does not float from the back electrodes 6a to 6d as the vehicle travels, and the intermediate image belt 7 travels between the carrier roller 11 and the intermediate image belt 7. It can be stabilized regardless of the state.
  • the interval (head interval) between the control plate 4 and the intermediate image belt 7 can be stabilized in all of the plurality of developing devices 5a to 5d. 5d recording conditions can be made uniform. Therefore, a high-quality color image excellent in color balance can be formed.
  • the direction of insertion and removal of the developing device 5d located at the lowest stage in the main body case 3 is set to the horizontal direction
  • the direction of insertion and removal of the other developing devices 5c to 5a is gradually changed from the horizontal direction.
  • the developing device 5a to 5d was substantially radially inserted in and out of the developing devices 5a to 5d as a whole. Therefore, the user can insert or remove the developing devices 5a to 5d from above or in front of the main body case 3 (right side in FIG. 1), and the developing devices 5a to 5d can be relatively easily. d can be detached.
  • the plurality of developing devices 5a to 5d can be configured in the same shape, manufacturing costs such as a mold cost when the container 9 and the like are manufactured by resin molding are reduced. It can be significantly reduced.
  • a cover 36 is provided in an opening formed on the front surface of the main body case 3, and the developing devices 5 a to 5 d are inserted and removed from the opening.
  • the main body case 3 is not limited to such a configuration.
  • the lid 36 may be provided on the side surface of the main body case 3. Further, the lid 36 may be provided from the upper surface to the front surface of the main body case 3 as shown in FIG. 7 (c), or may be provided from the upper surface to the side surface as shown in FIG. 7 (d). Good. Second embodiment>
  • FIGS. a second embodiment of the image forming apparatus according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. Note that the same components as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • each of the housing members 2a to 2d is formed in the same shape, but in the present embodiment, each of the housing members 102a to 102d has a different shape.
  • the guide grooves 1 17 a to 17 d of the housing members 102 a to 102 d of each of the print heads 1 a to ld of this embodiment are It includes straight grooves 81a to 81d and positioning grooves 82a to 82d.
  • the guide groove 1 17 d of the housing member 102 d of the print head 1 d located at the bottom is continuous with the linear groove 81 d extending in the horizontal direction and the linear groove 81 d.
  • the guide grooves 1 17 a to 1 17 c of the other print heads 1 a to 1 c have a straight groove 8 extending in the horizontal direction. 1a to 81c and positioning grooves 82a to 82c refracted from the linear grooves 81a to 81c and extending toward the center of the back electrodes 6a to 6c, respectively. I have.
  • each of the developing devices 5a to 5d has its own housing member 102a to 10d while their guide shafts 15 are guided by the guide grooves 1 17a to 117d. 2d inserted into the regulation
  • the collar 14 is positioned with the back electrodes 6a to 6d abutting on it.
  • the positional relationship of each carrying roller 11 with respect to the back electrodes 6a to 6d and the intermediate image belt 7 at this time. are the same as the positional relationship of the first embodiment.
  • the guide grooves 1 17 a to 1 17 d are located at the position where the carrying roller 11 is properly mounted (the position where the regulating collar 14 is in contact with the opposing back electrodes 6 a to 6 d.
  • a groove parallel to the imaginary line L connecting the center of each supporting roller 11 and the center of each of the back electrodes 6a to 6d at the recording position is formed.
  • each of the upper surface walls 13 2 and each of the lower surfaces 13 3 of the housing members 102 a to 102 d are horizontal, and a spring hook formed on each lower surface wall 133 is provided.
  • the position of 121 is different from the case of the first embodiment.
  • the horizontal position of the spring hook 1 2 1 is set such that the circumference of each control plate 4 locked via the extension spring 26 is the same as in the first embodiment. Have been.
  • each of the developing devices 5a to 5d has a state in which the guide shaft 15 is engaged with the guide grooves 1 17a to l 17d. It is inserted into each of the housing members 102 a to 102 d. At this time, when the guide shaft 15 is engaged with the linear grooves 81a to 81d, the developing devices 5a to 5d slide horizontally. When most of the developing units 5a to 5d are inserted, the guide shaft 15 moves from the linear grooves 81a to 81d to the positioning grooves 82a to 82d.
  • the carrying roller 11 when the carrying roller 11 approaches the recording position, the carrying roller 11 is guided toward the center of the back electrodes 6a to 6d in parallel with the virtual line L. Then, when the regulating collar 14 set coaxially with the carrying roller 11 abuts on the back electrodes 6a to 6d, the developing units 5a to 5d are set at the recording positions. At this time, the positional relationship of each carrying roller 11 with respect to the back electrodes 6a to 6d and the intermediate image belt 7 is the same as in the first embodiment. Further, since the carrying roller 11 is guided toward the center of the back electrodes 6a to 6d, the radial positioning and the circumferential positioning of the carrying roller 11 with respect to the back electrodes 6a to 6d are mutually performed. It has no effect.
  • the center line of the developing devices 5a to 5d (the line in the longitudinal direction of the developing devices 5a to 5d, ) And the virtual line L, and the angular position of the toner passage hole array 24 with respect to the center line of the developing devices 5a to 5d are different for each of the developing devices 5a to 5d.
  • the positional relationship between the imaginary line L and the toner passage hole array 24 (that is, the mutual positional relationship of the carrying roller 11, the intermediate image belt 7, the back electrodes 6a to 6d, and the toner passage hole array 24) ) Is the same in each of the developing devices 5a to 5d. Therefore, there is no difference in the recording characteristics among the developing units 5a to 5d.
  • each of the housing members 10 2 a to: I 0 2 d guide grooves 1 17 a to: I 17 d have different shapes, and these guide grooves 1 17 a to l
  • 17 d is shaped according to the angle posture of each of the opposing back electrodes 6 a to 6 d and the intermediate image pelt 7, so any print head 1 a to ld
  • the same positional relationship as in the first embodiment can be realized. Therefore, in addition to all the effects of the first embodiment, the following new effects can be realized.
  • the user can insert and remove the developing units 5a to 5d only by operating from the front of the main body.
  • the developing units 5a to 5d can be attached and detached very easily.
  • the size of the apparatus can be reduced by reducing the dead space between the developing devices 5a to 5d and the opening area due to the parallel insertion and removal directions of the developing devices 5a to 5d. Can be planned.
  • the height H 1 of the apparatus according to the second embodiment is smaller than the height H 0 of the apparatus according to the first embodiment, and the space between the developing units 5 a to 5 d and The height of the opening for removing the developing device is reduced by the reduced amount.
  • the positioning grooves 82 a to 82 d were refracted from the linear grooves 81 a to 81 d, but the back electrode 6 a
  • the positioning grooves 8 2a ⁇ 8 2d should be linear grooves. It may be provided on the same straight line as 81a to 81d. In other words, linear grooves 8 1 a to 8 1 d and positioning grooves 8 2 a to 8 2 d May be formed so as to extend on the same straight line.
  • FIG. 11 a third embodiment of the image forming apparatus according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 11 and FIG.
  • reference numerals 234a to 234d denote printhead holders, and these printhead keeper units 234a to 234d are housings according to the second embodiment.
  • the members 102a to 102d are formed in the same shape as the left end.
  • the print head holding portions 2 3 4 a to 2 3 4 d are positioned at the left end of the container 2 09 of the developing devices 2 0 5 a to 2 0 5 d with respect to the support port 11.
  • the print head holding portions 234a to 234d are provided with a fixed portion 219 and a stay portion 220.
  • a spring hook portion 221 is formed on the lower surface of the container 209 for accommodating the developing devices 205a to 205d.
  • the control plate 4 is suspended between the fixed portion 2 19 and the spring hook portion 2 21 at the same position and the same angle as in the second embodiment via a stay portion 220.
  • Reference numeral 202 denotes a main housing member, and the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d are rotatably positioned and held, and guide walls 2 17 a to 2 d similar to those of the second embodiment are formed in both wall portions. 17 d is formed.
  • Reference numerals 235a to 235d denote notches for preventing erroneous insertion of the developing devices 205a to 205d.
  • the notch portions 2 3 5 a to 2 3 4 d are formed on the inner side wall of the main housing member 202 according to the shape of the tip of each print head holding portion 2 3 4 a to 2 3 4 d. Is formed. These notch portions 235a to 235 have different shapes or dimensions.
  • the print head holding portions 234a to 234d are The developing devices 205a to 205d cannot be inserted to the respective recording positions because they come into contact with the notch portions 235a to 235d. As a result, erroneous insertion of the developing units 205a to 205d Therefore, it is possible to prevent such a problem that the developers 8 a to 8 d of different colors adhere to the control plate 4.
  • the head holders 2 3 4 having different shapes according to the angular posture of the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d of the print heads 1 a to 1 d and the intermediate image belt 7.
  • a to 234 d are fixed to the tips of the developing devices 205 to 205 d, respectively, so that the control plate 4 is attached to the head holder 2 3 4 a to 2 3 4
  • all the effects of the first and second embodiments can be obtained.
  • the main housing member 202 is provided with notches 235a to 235d having different shapes or dimensions according to the respective printhead holders 234a to 234d. Therefore, it is possible to prevent erroneous insertion when the developer unit 205 a to 205 d is inserted into the wrong guide groove 217 a to 217 d of the main housing member 202. it can.
  • the shapes or dimensions of the guide shafts 15 of the print heads la to ld are made different from each other, and the guide grooves 217a to 217d are adjusted to the shapes or dimensions of the guide axes. Also, the erroneous insertion of the developing devices 205a to 205d can be prevented.
  • main housing member 202 directly positions and holds both the back electrodes 6a to 6d and the support roller 11, so that the positional accuracy of both can be improved.
  • each of the housing members 2 a to 2 d is formed of a cylindrical container extending in the horizontal direction.
  • the developing units 5a to 5d which respectively store the four color toners 8a to 8d of yellow, magenta, cyan and black, are arranged horizontally. It is provided so that it can be attached and detached by inserting and removing.
  • each of the print heads 1a to 1d is basically the same, only the configuration of the print head 1b will be described in detail with reference to FIG. Detailed description of de la, lc, 1 d will be omitted.
  • at least one guide shaft 15 is provided with a drive gear 37 for transmitting a rotational drive force to the carrying roller 11.
  • the drive gear 37 is disposed on the guide shaft 15 via a one-way clutch (not shown) that rotates the carrying roller 11 only in the counterclockwise direction in FIG.
  • a rack 38 is provided on the inner surface of the lower wall of the housing member 2b.
  • the driving gear 37 engages with the rack 38, and the driving force in the horizontal direction for inserting the developing device 5b is applied to the driving gear 37.
  • the carrier roller is converted into a rotational driving force via the roller, and the carrying roller is rotated in the transport direction, that is, in the counterclockwise direction by the rotational driving force.
  • the developer inlet 60 is closed when the developer 5b is removed, and conversely, the developer inlet 60 when the developer 5b is inserted.
  • the back electrode 6 is provided in the main body case 3, and the main housing member 2 is removably positioned and fixed to the right side of the back electrode 6.
  • a fixing portion 19 for fixing one end of the control plate 4 is formed, and on the other side of the developer supply opening 10, A stay part 20 for projecting the other end of the control plate 4 rightward is formed to project.
  • the stay part 20 has a substantially semicircular cross section, and the inside thereof is a toner collecting part 61 for removing unnecessary toner by removing it from the support roller 11 or the control plate 4. .
  • a spring hook 21 is provided at an appropriate distance from the stay part 20.
  • control plate 4 The configuration of the control plate 4 is the same as in the first embodiment.
  • One end of the control plate 4 is fixed to a fixing portion 19 of the housing member 2b with a fixing screw 25.
  • the other end of the control plate 4 is once bent at the stay part 20, and the tip end thereof is engaged with a spring hook 21 via a tension spring 26.
  • a vibration plate 42 made of a metal plate extending in parallel with the toner passage hole array 24 is fixed to the inner surface of the control plate 4 at a position between the toner passage hole array 24 and the stay part 20.
  • the vibration plate 42 for example, a stainless plate having a plate width of 5 mm and a plate thickness of 0.2 mm can be suitably used.
  • One outer wall of both end walls 16 of housing member 2 b An ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 for generating ultrasonic vibration is fixedly supported on the outer wall portion on the back side of the main body. The output end of the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 is screwed and fixed to one end of the diaphragm 42 in the longitudinal direction (the direction of the front and back of the paper).
  • the vibration applied by the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 may be any frequency as long as it removes the unnecessary toner 8 b attached to the control plate 4, but the vibration frequency is high. If too much, the toner 8b and the control plate 4 vibrate in the same manner, and it becomes impossible to effectively prevent the toner 8b from adhering or accumulating.
  • Sine waves having a vibration frequency of 1 MHz or less are particularly preferred. For example, a sinusoidal vibration of about 2 OKHz can be suitably used.
  • the vibration plate 42 is configured to transmit ultrasonic vibration to the control plate 4 while allowing mutual displacement between the ultrasonic vibration generation member 43 and the vibration plate 42.
  • each control plate 4 is in a non-contact state with other members inside the housing members 2a to 2d, that is, in an open state, and directly contacts foreign substances in the housing members 2a to 2d. In contact However, in this image forming apparatus, even when the lid 36 is open, since the shirts 44 are closed, the housing members 2a to 2d are No foreign matter enters the inside, and no foreign matter adheres to the control plate 4.
  • each control plate 4 is disposed at the left end of the housing members 2a to 2d, and the developing units 5a to 5d are configured to be detachably mounted by sliding horizontally, Therefore, even if foreign matter adheres to the outer surface of the shutter 44, the foreign matter does not fall freely toward the control plate 4 as the shutter 44 opens and closes.
  • the carrying roller 11 and the image signal electrode 39 or the aperture electrode 40 of the control plate 4 are not electrically short-circuited.
  • the developing devices 5a to 5d are further slid leftward, the engagement between the driving gear 37 and the rack 38 is released, and the rotation of the carrying roller 11 is stopped.
  • the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 operates.
  • the ultrasonic vibration of the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 is transmitted to the control plate 4 via the diaphragm 42. Due to this vibration, foreign matter adhering around and inside the toner passage hole 23 of the control plate 4 is removed. The removed foreign matter falls vertically downward due to gravity and is collected by the toner collecting unit 61. Thereby, even if foreign matter adheres to the control plate 4 during the replacement work of the developing devices 5a to 5d, the foreign matter is reliably removed.
  • the regulating collar 14 comes into contact with the rear electrode 6, and the developing devices 5a to 5d are positioned at predetermined positions of the housing members 2a to 2d ( (Recording position) and mounting is completed.
  • the lid 3 6 of the main body case 3 A predetermined leftward pressing force is applied to each of the developing devices 5a to 5d by a spring member 28 provided at the recording device, and the developing devices 5a to 5d are held at the recording positions.
  • the central axis of the carrying roller 11 and the toner passage hole array 24 of the control plate 4 are positioned so as to be parallel to each other.
  • the gap between the support roller 11 and the back electrode 6 is set with high precision so as to have a predetermined interval.
  • the carrying roller 11 comes into contact with the control plate 4 via the spacer 27, and the control plate 4 is pushed and displaced by the urging force of the tension spring 26.
  • the gap between the support roller 11 and the control plate 4 is set with high precision by the spacer 27 so as to be a predetermined interval.
  • the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 by operating the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 during the image forming operation or at predetermined intervals during the image forming operation, the ultrasonic vibration is transmitted to the control plate 4 via the diaphragm 42.
  • the toner 8 attached around and inside the toner passage hole 23 is effectively removed.
  • the control board 4 is always kept clean.
  • the housing members 2 a to 2 to which the developing devices 5 a to 5 d are attached and detached are provided with the shutters 44 that open and close in conjunction with the insertion and removal operations of the developing devices 5 a to 5 d.
  • the shutter 44 is closed, so that the control plate 4 is not exposed to the outside of the apparatus. Therefore, even when the lid 36 is open, foreign matter is unlikely to enter the housing members 2 a to 2 d from outside the main body case 3, and the foreign matter adheres to the control plate 4. The fear is small.
  • control plate 4 is arranged at the left end of the housing members 2a to 2d and the developing units 5a to 5d are horizontally slid, it is assumed that a Even if foreign matter adheres to the surface of 4, the foreign matter does not drop onto the control plate 4 due to gravity with the opening and closing operation of the shirt 4.
  • the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 is provided, even if foreign matter adheres to the control plate 4, the foreign matter can be easily removed by applying mechanical vibration.
  • it detects that the developing devices 5a to 5d have been inserted into the housing members 2a to 2d, and activates the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 in accordance with this detection, thereby passing the toner through the control plate 4.
  • the foreign matter adhering around and inside the hole 23 was removed, so the control board 4 was replaced during the replacement of the developing units 5a to 5d. Even if foreign matter adheres to the surface, the foreign matter can be removed by hand without manual intervention.
  • the carrying roller 11 is automatically rotated in the transport direction according to the insertion of the developing devices 5a to 5d. be able to.
  • the carrying roller 11 and the driving gear 37 are engaged via a one-way clutch, and the carrying roller 11 rotates only in the transport direction, the developing devices 5a to 5d
  • the carrying roller 11 does not rotate in the counter-conveying direction (clockwise in FIG. 15), and the carrying roller 11 moves in the counter-conveying direction. It is possible to prevent toner leakage due to rotation.
  • the present embodiment it is possible to prevent foreign matter from adhering to the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 when the developing units 5 a to 5 d are replaced or the print heads 1 a to 1 d are cleaned. And even if foreign matter adheres, without human intervention Can be removed automatically. As a result, the surface of the control plate 4 or the carrying roller 11 is not damaged, and the carrying roller 11 and the image signal electrode 39 of the control plate 4 are not electrically short-circuited. When the image quality is reduced or missing dots occur, it is possible to prevent a defect in image quality, and to improve the performance and reliability of the apparatus.
  • the driving gear 37 engages with the rack 38, and the developing devices 5a to 5d are connected.
  • the carrying roller 11 automatically rotates with the insertion operation to the left.However, the driving gear 37 at the position in the middle of the insertion is rotationally driven by an electric driving means.
  • the carrying roller 11 may be rotated. With such a configuration, even when the rotational torque of the drive gear 37 is large, the developing devices 5a to 5d can be inserted into the housing members 2a to 2d with a small force.
  • a plurality of gear trains for transmitting the reduced rotational driving force to the carrying roller 11 are provided in the developing devices 5a to 5d, and each gear constituting the gear train is sequentially engaged with the rack 38.
  • the insertion load of the developing devices 5a to 5d may be reduced in the same manner as described above.
  • the foreign matter is removed using the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43, but mechanical vibration may be applied to the control plate 4 by a method other than the ultrasonic vibration.
  • the tension spring 26 is gradually displaced in conjunction with the insertion of the developing devices 5a to 5d, and momentarily when the developing devices 5a to 5d are inserted to a predetermined position before the recording position. By releasing the displacement, mechanical vibration may be applied to the control plate 4. With such a configuration, a similar effect can be obtained at a low cost.
  • the cleaning means for removing the foreign matter is not limited to a means for applying mechanical vibration, but may be another means.
  • a device using an electric field a device using a jet flow (air purge type), a device using a brush or the like may be used.
  • the image forming apparatus according to the present embodiment includes four developing units 5a to 5d containing developers 8a to 8d of four colors of yellow, yellow, cyan, and black in order to form a color image. And the four control boards 4, but the present invention can of course be applied to an image forming apparatus having a single developing device and a control board and performing monochromatic recording.
  • the present invention is useful for an image forming apparatus that forms an image by ejecting a developer to a recording member, and is useful for, for example, a copying machine, a facsimile, and a printer.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Printers Or Recording Devices Using Electromagnetic And Radiation Means (AREA)

Abstract

An image forming device, comprising a developer (5a) having a carrier roller (11) carrying and transporting a toner (8a) and a storage container (9) having the toner (8a) stored therein, both formed integrally with each other, a cabinet member (2a) having the developer (5a) installed detachably thereon, a control plate (4) installed at the tip of the cabinet member (2a) and having a plurality of toner passing holes (23) formed therein, an intermediate image belt (7) having passed developer (8a) adhering thereto, and roller-shaped back face electrodes (6a), wherein the intermediate image belt (7) is brought into contact with each back face electrode (6a) to provide a specified angle of contact Υ.

Description

明 細 書 画像形成装置 技術分野  Description Image forming equipment Technical field
本発明は、 記録部材に現像剤を噴射することによって画像形成を行う画像形成装置 に関する。 背景技術  The present invention relates to an image forming apparatus that forms an image by ejecting a developer to a recording member. Background art
近年、 オフィスでは、 パーソナルコンピューターの能力向上やネットワーク技術の 進歩に伴い、 大量のドキュメントを扱い得るような処理能力の高いプリン夕、 ファク シミリ、 複写機等が普及しつつある。 また、 一方では、 インクジェットプリン夕など の急速な普及によって、 カラードキュメントの使用頻度も増加の傾向にある。 しかし ながら、 印刷スピードや画質等の観点から満足のいく白黒またはカラードキュメント を出力可能な画像形成装置は未だ開発途上にあり、 そのような装置の出現が待たれて いる。  In recent years, in offices, with the improvement of personal computer capabilities and the advancement of network technology, printers, facsimile machines, copiers, etc., with high processing capabilities capable of handling large volumes of documents, have become widespread. On the other hand, the frequency of use of color documents is also increasing due to the rapid spread of ink-jet printing. However, image forming apparatuses capable of outputting satisfactory black-and-white or color documents from the viewpoints of printing speed, image quality, and the like are still under development, and such apparatuses are expected to appear.
画像形成装置の一つとして、 現像剤噴射型の装置が知られている。 この種の装置で は、 まず、 プリントヘッドの制御板に設けられた制御電極に画像信号を入力すること によって加速電界を生成し、 この加速電界を利用して、 帯電した現像剤を制御板の所 定の現像剤通過孔を通過するように飛翔させる。 そして、 この現像剤を背面電極で吸 引することにより、 当該現像剤を制御板と背面電極との間を移動する記録媒体に付着 させ、 当該記録媒体上に画像を形成する。 例えば、 特公昭 4 4 - 2 6 3 3 3号公報に は、 記録用紙にトナーを噴射することによって当該記録用紙上に画像を直接形成する 方式 (ダイレクトマ一キング方式) の装置が開示されている。 また、 特開平 8— 1 4 2 3 8 9号公報には、 記録用紙の搬送方向に沿って配設されたイエロ一、 マゼン夕、 シアンおよびブラックの各色からなる複数の現像器と、 記録用紙を挟んで各現像器に 対向するように支持台上に平面的に配設された複数の背面電極とを具備する構成が開 示されている。 As one of the image forming apparatuses, a developer injection type apparatus is known. In this type of apparatus, first, an acceleration electric field is generated by inputting an image signal to a control electrode provided on a control plate of a print head, and the charged developer is used for the control plate by utilizing the acceleration electric field. Fly so that it passes through the specified developer passage hole. Then, the developer is sucked by the back electrode, so that the developer is attached to a recording medium moving between the control plate and the back electrode, and an image is formed on the recording medium. For example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 44-263333 discloses a device of a method of directly forming an image on a recording sheet by ejecting toner onto the recording sheet (direct marking method). I have. Further, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 8-144239 discloses a plurality of developing devices arranged in the conveying direction of recording paper, each of which is composed of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black. A configuration comprising a plurality of back electrodes arranged two-dimensionally on a support table so as to face each developing device with the It is shown.
一方、 上記装置のように記録用紙に画像を直接形成するのではなく、 中間像ペルト を介して画像形成を行う装置も知られている。 この種の装置では、 現像剤をプリント へッドから中間像ペルトに噴射し、 この中間像ベルト上にいったん中間画像を形成し た後に、 転写機構を用いて当該ベルト上の中間画像を記録用紙に転写し、 記録用紙に 画像を形成する。 そして、 この種の装置には、 米国特許第 5, 5 5 9 , 5 8 6号公報 に開示された装置のように、 中間像ベルトと背面電極とを接触させるようにしたもの がある。 特開平 9一 3 0 0 6 8 3号公報には、 転写ベルトの走行方向に沿ってイエロ 一、マゼン夕、シアンの各色からなる複数の現像器を配設した構成が開示されている。 ところで、現像剤噴射型の装置においては、制御板と記録媒体との間の間隔(以下、 ヘッド間隔という) または現像剤担持ローラと制御板との間の間隔は、 非常に短い。 そのため、 制御板等の高精度の位置決めや絶縁性の確保など、 ヘッド間隔等が短いこ とに起因する種々の課題がある。  On the other hand, there is also known an apparatus for forming an image via an intermediate image pelt instead of forming an image directly on recording paper as in the above-described apparatus. In this type of apparatus, a developer is ejected from a print head onto an intermediate image pelt, an intermediate image is formed once on the intermediate image belt, and then the intermediate image on the belt is transferred to a recording paper using a transfer mechanism. To form an image on recording paper. As this type of apparatus, there is an apparatus in which an intermediate image belt and a back electrode are brought into contact with each other, as in an apparatus disclosed in US Pat. No. 5,559,586. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 9-130683 discloses a configuration in which a plurality of developing devices of each color of yellow, magenta, and cyan are arranged along the traveling direction of a transfer belt. By the way, in the developer injection type apparatus, the distance between the control plate and the recording medium (hereinafter, referred to as a head distance) or the distance between the developer carrying roller and the control plate is very short. For this reason, there are various problems caused by the short head spacing and the like, such as high-precision positioning of the control board and the like and securing insulation.
例えば、 ヘッド間隔にばらつきがあると、 現像剤の飛翔時間が一様でなくなり、 記 録特性は著しく低下する。 そのため、 現像剤噴射型の装置にあっては、 ヘッド間隔を 一定に保つことが極めて重要である。 特に、 複数色の現像剤を用いてカラー画像を形 成する装置では、 たとえ各色の記録特性の低下が僅かであったとしても、 全体として のカラーバランスが顕著に変動する場合がある。 そのため、 記録特性の安定化が強く 望まれている。  For example, if the head spacing varies, the flight time of the developer becomes non-uniform, and the recording characteristics deteriorate significantly. Therefore, it is extremely important to keep the head spacing constant in a developer injection type device. In particular, in an apparatus that forms a color image using a plurality of color developers, the overall color balance may fluctuate significantly even if the recording characteristics of each color are slightly reduced. Therefore, stabilization of recording characteristics is strongly desired.
上記特開平 8— 1 4 2 3 8 9号公報の装置のように、 現像剤を記録用紙に直接噴射 する装置では、 記録用紙の品質 (平面度等) が安定しないことから、 ヘッド間隔は不 安定になりがちである。そのため、記録特性の変動が大きいという課題を有していた。 一方、 中間像ベルトを用いる装置では、 記録媒体として、 記録用紙に比べて品質の 良いベルトを用いるので、上記装置に比べるとへッド間隔は安定する。しかしながら、 上記米国特許第 5, 5 5 9 , 5 8 6号公報に開示された装置は、 単色の現像剤を用い るものであったため、そのままの構成ではカラー画像を形成することはできなかった。 特開平 9— 3 0 0 6 8 3号公報に開示された装置はカラー画像を形成可能ではあるが、 イエロ一、 マゼン夕、 シアンの各色の現像器は中間像ペルトの走行方向と同一方向に 直列に配設され、 各現像器に対応する背面電極同士は、 中間像ベルトと平行になるよ うに同一直線上に配設されていた。 そのため、 一つの背面電極が他の背面電極よりも 中間像ベルト側に突出する等により、 複数の背面電極同士の平行度が損なわれだ場合 には、 一部の背面電極と中間像ベルトとの間に隙間が生じてへッド間隔が不安定にな り、 画質が低下しやすかつた。 In an apparatus that directly sprays a developer onto a recording sheet, such as the apparatus disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-142,389, the head spacing is not sufficient because the quality (flatness, etc.) of the recording sheet is not stable. Tends to be stable. Therefore, there is a problem that the fluctuation of the recording characteristics is large. On the other hand, in an apparatus using an intermediate image belt, a belt having a higher quality than a recording sheet is used as a recording medium, so that the head interval is more stable than in the above-described apparatus. However, the apparatus disclosed in the above-mentioned U.S. Pat. No. 5,559,586 uses a single-color developer, so that a color image cannot be formed with the same configuration. . Although the apparatus disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 9-300683 is capable of forming a color image, The yellow, magenta, and cyan developing units are arranged in series in the same direction as the running direction of the intermediate image pelt, and the back electrodes corresponding to the developing units are arranged in parallel with the intermediate image belt. It was arranged in a straight line. Therefore, if the parallelism between a plurality of back electrodes is impaired due to, for example, one back electrode protruding toward the intermediate image belt from the other back electrodes, some back electrodes and the intermediate image belt may be damaged. There was a gap between the heads and the head spacing became unstable, and image quality was likely to deteriorate.
また、 現像剤噴射型の装置では、 記録用紙上に例えば 1 0 0〃m程度のドットを形 成するためには、 現像剤担持ローラと制御板とを、 あるいは制御板と背面電極とを、 それそれ数百ミクロン程度の微小間隔で接近させるとともに、 当該微小間隔に数百〜 数千ボルトの高電圧を選択的に印加することが必要であり、 その絶縁性の確保が課題 となる。  Further, in a developer injection type device, in order to form dots of, for example, about 100 μm on a recording sheet, a developer carrying roller and a control plate, or a control plate and a back electrode are connected. It is necessary to approach each other at minute intervals of about several hundred microns, and selectively apply a high voltage of several hundred to several thousand volts to the minute intervals.
これに関して、 特開平 9— 3 0 0 3 2号公報および特開平 9— 3 9 2 8 9号公報に は、 制御電極が現像剤担持ローラと直接向かい合わないように、 制御電極を制御板の 裏面 (現像剤担持ローラに対向する面と逆の面) に配設する構成が開示されている。 制御板は絶縁シートと制御電極とからなるが、このような構成を採用することにより、 制御電極と現像剤担持ローラとの間には、 絶縁シートが介在することになる。 そのた め、 制御電極と現像剤担持ローラとの電気的短絡は一応防止される。  In this regard, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. Hei 9-30032 and Hei 9-39289 disclose that the control electrode is located on the back of the control plate so that the control electrode does not directly face the developer carrying roller. (A surface opposite to the surface facing the developer carrying roller) is disclosed. The control plate includes an insulating sheet and a control electrode. By adopting such a configuration, the insulating sheet is interposed between the control electrode and the developer carrying roller. Therefore, an electrical short circuit between the control electrode and the developer carrying roller is temporarily prevented.
しかしながら、 上記特開平 9— 3 0 0 3 2号公報及び特開平 9一 3 9 2 8 9号公報 に記載された構成では、 制御電極を絶縁性シート上の現像剤担持ローラと対向する面 の裏面に配設しているため、 現像剤担持ローラと制御電極との間の距離は絶縁シート の厚み分だけ長くなる。 そのため、 必要な電解強度を確保することが難しく、 現像剤 の飛翔が安定しなかった。その結果、十分な画質が得られにくいという課題があった。 また、近年、現像剤の飛翔方向の偏向防止や収束を目的として、制御電極とは別に、 現像剤の飛翔を制御するための絞り電極を設ける場合が多い。 このように絞り電極を 別途設けるには、 制御板の一方の面に制御電極を設け、 他方の面に絞り電極を設ける ことが最も簡便な構成である。 しかし、 電極が現像剤担持ローラと直接対向しないよ うにする上記構成では、 このように制御板の両面に電極を設ける簡便な構成を採用す ることはできない。 However, in the configurations described in JP-A-9-30032 and JP-A-9-139289, the control electrode is provided on the surface of the insulating sheet facing the developer carrying roller. Since it is disposed on the back surface, the distance between the developer carrying roller and the control electrode becomes longer by the thickness of the insulating sheet. For this reason, it was difficult to secure the required electrolytic strength, and the flight of the developer was not stable. As a result, there is a problem that it is difficult to obtain a sufficient image quality. In recent years, a diaphragm electrode for controlling the flying of the developer is often provided separately from the control electrode for the purpose of preventing deflection and convergence of the flying direction of the developer. As described above, in order to provide the aperture electrode separately, the simplest configuration is to provide the control electrode on one surface of the control plate and provide the aperture electrode on the other surface. However, in the above configuration in which the electrodes are not directly opposed to the developer carrying roller, a simple configuration in which the electrodes are provided on both sides of the control plate is employed. I can't do that.
制御板の現像剤通過孔は 1 0 0 m程度の微細な小孔であるので、現像剤通過孔は、 装置内に散乱した異物 (埃、 塵等) や現像剤自体によって目詰まりを起こしやすい。 しかし、 このような目詰まりが発生すると、 現像剤の円滑な通過は妨げられ、 ドット が細ったり ドッ卜が出なくなるおそれがある。 そこで、 必要に応じて現像材担持ロー ラゃ制御板を外部に開放し、 堆積した現像剤や異物を機械的に除去するクリーニング 作業を適宜行えるような構成が望まれている。  Since the developer passage hole in the control plate is a fine small hole of about 100 m, the developer passage hole is likely to be clogged by foreign substances (dust, dust, etc.) scattered in the device and the developer itself. . However, when such clogging occurs, the smooth passage of the developer is hindered, and there is a possibility that the dots become thinner or the dots do not come out. Therefore, a configuration is desired in which a developer carrying roller control plate is opened to the outside as necessary, and a cleaning operation for mechanically removing accumulated developer and foreign matter can be appropriately performed.
また、 現像剤は消耗品であるため、 装置内の現像剤が不足したときには、 現像剤を 供給すべく現像剤供給ユニット等の交換作業を行う必要がある。 ところが、 このよう な交換作業の際に、 外部から装置内に金属片等の異物が侵入し、 このような異物が現 像剤担持ローラや制御板の制御電極近傍に付着するおそれがある。 このような異物が 侵入すると、 制御板や現像剤担持ローラの表面が損傷を受け、 画質が局部的に低下し たり、 いわゆるドット抜けが発生するおそれがある。 また、 制御電極と現像剤担持口 —ラとの間に異物が挟まると、 制御電極と現像剤担持ローラが電気的に短絡し、 装置 の信頼性が損なわれるおそれもある。  Further, since the developer is a consumable item, when the developer in the apparatus runs short, it is necessary to replace the developer supply unit and the like in order to supply the developer. However, during such replacement work, foreign matter such as a metal piece may enter the apparatus from the outside, and such foreign matter may adhere to the developing agent carrying roller or the vicinity of the control electrode of the control plate. If such foreign matter enters, the surfaces of the control plate and the developer carrying roller may be damaged, and the image quality may be locally reduced or so-called dot missing may occur. Further, if a foreign substance is caught between the control electrode and the developer carrying port, the control electrode and the developer carrying roller may be electrically short-circuited, and the reliability of the apparatus may be impaired.
以上のような背景から、 本発明は、 ヘッド間隔等が短いことに起因する諸問題を解 決することを目的とする。  In view of the above background, an object of the present invention is to solve various problems caused by a short head spacing and the like.
本発明の一では、 複数の現像器の全てにおいてへッド間隔の安定化を計ることによ り、 複数の現像器に対して記録条件の均一化を図り、 カラーバランスに優れた高品質 なカラ一画像を形成可能であるとともに、 使い勝手が良く、 また小型化が容易な画像 形成装置を提供することを目的とする。  According to one aspect of the present invention, by stabilizing the head interval in all of the plurality of developing units, uniform recording conditions are achieved for the plurality of developing units, and high quality with excellent color balance is achieved. An object of the present invention is to provide an image forming apparatus which can form a blank image, is easy to use, and can be easily miniaturized.
また、 本発明の他の一では、 現像剤供給ュニットの交換やプリントヘッドのクリー 二ング作業時に、 外部から現像剤担持ローラや制御板に異物が侵入または付着するこ とを防止し、 あるいは仮に異物が付着した場合であっても当該異物を除去することに より、 高品質な画像を形成することができ且つ信頼性の高い画像形成装置を提供する ことを目的とする。 発明の開示 According to another aspect of the present invention, it is possible to prevent foreign matter from entering or adhering to the developer carrying roller or the control plate from the outside at the time of replacing the developer supply unit or cleaning the print head. An object of the present invention is to provide a highly reliable image forming apparatus capable of forming a high-quality image by removing a foreign substance even when the foreign substance is attached. Disclosure of the invention
第 1の発明は、 帯電した現像剤を担持しながら搬送する現像剤担持体と、 上記現像 剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極 との間に配設された中間像保持手段と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記中間像保持手段との 間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材にお ける該各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通過させる ように飛翔させて上記中間像保持手段に付着させ、 該中間像保持手段上に中間画像を 形成する現像剤通過制御部材と、 上記中間像保持手段上の中間画像を記録媒体に転写 する転写手段とを備え、 上記背面電極は、 上記中間像保持手段に対して 2度〜 9 0度 の巻き付け角を有するように当接した当接部を備えているものである。  According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a developer carrier that carries and transports a charged developer, a back electrode disposed so as to face the developer carrier, the developer carrier, and the back electrode. An intermediate image holding means disposed between the developer carrier and the intermediate image holding means, and an insulating base material having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein; A signal electrode disposed around each of the developer passage holes in the conductive base material and to which an image signal is supplied. A developer passage control member that flies so as to pass through the developer passage hole and adheres to the intermediate image holding unit, and forms an intermediate image on the intermediate image holding unit; and an intermediate image on the intermediate image holding unit. Transfer means for transferring to a recording medium, wherein the back electrode is provided with the intermediate image It has a contact portion that is in contact with the holding means so as to have a winding angle of 2 to 90 degrees.
上記第 1の発明によれば、 中間像保持手段と背面電極との接触面積が大きくなるた め、 中間像保持手段は背面電極に確実に接触した状態で走行する。 そのため、 現像剤 通過制御部材と中間像保持手段との間の間隔、 すなわちヘッド間隔は安定する。 従つ て、 高水準の画質が形成される。  According to the first aspect, since the contact area between the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode is increased, the intermediate image holding means travels in a state in which it is securely in contact with the back electrode. Therefore, the interval between the developer passage control member and the intermediate image holding unit, that is, the head interval is stabilized. Therefore, a high level of image quality is formed.
第 2の発明は、 上記第 1の発明において、 前記背面電極は、 前記中間像保持手段の 走行方向と直交する方向に延びる円柱状または円筒状の電極により形成されているも のである。  In a second aspect based on the first aspect, the back electrode is formed by a columnar or cylindrical electrode extending in a direction orthogonal to a running direction of the intermediate image holding means.
上記第 2の発明によれば、 簡易な構成により、 中間像保持手段に対し所定の卷き付 け角を有するように当接する背面電極が実現される。  According to the second aspect of the present invention, with a simple configuration, a back electrode that comes into contact with the intermediate image holding means so as to have a predetermined winding angle is realized.
第 3の発明は、 上記第 2の発明において、 前記背面電極は、 回転自在な電極ローラ によって構成されているものである。  In a third aspect based on the second aspect, the back electrode is constituted by a rotatable electrode roller.
上記第 3の発明によれば、 中間像保持手段の走行に際しての中間像保持手段と背面 電極との間の動摩擦は小さくなる。 そのため、 中間像保持手段と背面電極とが巻き付 け角を有するように接触して互いの接触面積が大きくなつているにもかかわらず、 中 間像保持手段の走行は円滑に行われる。 また、 中間像保持手段及び背面電極の摩耗が 少ないので、 装置の寿命及び信頼性は向上する。 第 4の発明は、 上記第 1の発明において、 現像剤を収容する収容容器を有するとと もに前記現像剤担持体が取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニットと、 上記現像剤供給 ユニットを挿抜自在に装着する筐体部材とを備え、 前記現像剤通過制御部材は、 上記 筐体部材に取り付けられているものである。 According to the third aspect, the dynamic friction between the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode during traveling of the intermediate image holding means is reduced. Therefore, the intermediate image holding means runs smoothly despite the contact area between the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode having a wrapping angle to increase the mutual contact area. In addition, since the wear of the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode is small, the life and reliability of the apparatus are improved. According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, in the first aspect, a developer supply unit having a container for accommodating a developer and having the developer carrying member attached thereto, and the developer supply unit being freely insertable and removable. And a developer passage control member, wherein the developer passage control member is attached to the housing member.
上記第 4の発明によれば、筐体部材に対する現像剤供給ュニットの挿抜操作により、 現像剤供給ユニットの取り付け及び取り外しは容易に行われる。 そのため、 現像剤供 給ユニットの交換や現像剤の補給は容易である。 また、 現像剤供給ユニットを筐体部 材に装着するだけで、 現像剤担持体と現像剤通過制御部材 (特に、 現像剤通過孔) と の位置合わせは自動的に実現される。 従って、 現像剤担持体と現像剤通過制御部材と の位置関係は、 所定の位置関係に高精度に設定される。  According to the fourth aspect, the developer supply unit is easily attached and detached by the operation of inserting and removing the developer supply unit with respect to the housing member. Therefore, replacement of the developer supply unit and replenishment of the developer are easy. Further, simply by attaching the developer supply unit to the housing member, the alignment between the developer carrier and the developer passage control member (particularly, the developer passage hole) is automatically realized. Therefore, the positional relationship between the developer carrier and the developer passage control member is set to a predetermined positional relationship with high accuracy.
第 5の発明は、 上記第 4の発明において、 前記現像剤供給ユニットは、 該現像剤供 給ユニットが前記筐体部材に装着されているときに前記現像剤担持体と前記背面電極 との間の間隔を所定間隔に保つように該背面電極に当接する第 1スぺーサを備えてい るものである。  In a fifth aspect based on the fourth aspect, the developer supply unit is provided between the developer carrier and the back electrode when the developer supply unit is mounted on the housing member. And a first spacer in contact with the back electrode so as to keep a predetermined interval.
上記第 5の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ユニットを筐体部材に装着する際に、 第 1ス ぺーサを背面電極に当接させるだけで、 現像剤担持体と背面電極との間隔は所定間隔 に高精度に設定されることになる。  According to the fifth aspect of the invention, when the developer supply unit is mounted on the housing member, the first spacer is brought into contact with the back electrode, and the distance between the developer carrier and the back electrode is fixed. The interval will be set with high precision.
第 6の発明は、 上記第 5の発明において、 前記現像剤通過制御部材は、 一端が前記 筐体部材に固定され且つ他端が引張部材を介して該筐体部材に連結された制御板から なり、 前記現像剤担持体は、 上記制御板を押圧するように該制御板に当接しているも のである。  In a sixth aspect based on the fifth aspect, the developer passage control member comprises a control plate having one end fixed to the housing member and the other end connected to the housing member via a tension member. The developer carrier is in contact with the control plate so as to press the control plate.
上記第 6の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ユニットを筐体部材に装着する際に、 現像剤 担持体を制御板に当接させるだけで、 現像剤担持体と制御板との間隔は所定間隔に高 精度に設定される。 その結果、 制御板と中間像保持手段との間の間隔、 すなわちへッ ド間隔も高精度に設定される。従って、記録条件の均一化が図られ、画質は安定する。 第 7の発明は、 上記第 5の発明において、 前記現像剤通過制御部材は、 一端が前記 筐体部材に固定され且つ他端が引張部材を介して該筐体部材に連結された制御板から なり、 前記現像剤担持体は、 上記制御板を押圧するように第 2スぺーサを介して該制 御板に当接しているものである。 According to the sixth aspect, when the developer supply unit is mounted on the housing member, the developer carrier is simply brought into contact with the control plate, and the distance between the developer carrier and the control plate is a predetermined distance. Is set to high accuracy. As a result, the interval between the control plate and the intermediate image holding means, that is, the head interval is set with high accuracy. Therefore, the recording conditions are made uniform, and the image quality is stabilized. In a seventh aspect based on the fifth aspect, the developer passage control member comprises a control plate having one end fixed to the housing member and the other end connected to the housing member via a tension member. The developer carrier is in contact with the control plate via a second spacer so as to press the control plate.
上記第 7の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ユニットを筐体部材に装着する際に、 現像剤 担持体を第 2スぺーサを介して制御板に当接させるだけで、 現像剤担持体と制御板と の間隔は所定間隔に高精度に設定される。 従って、 へッド間隔も高精度に設定され、 画質は安定する。  According to the seventh aspect, when the developer supply unit is mounted on the housing member, the developer carrier is simply brought into contact with the control plate via the second spacer, and the developer carrier and the developer carrier are connected to each other. The distance from the control plate is set to a predetermined distance with high accuracy. Therefore, the head interval is set with high accuracy, and the image quality is stabilized.
第 8の発明は、 上記第 4の発明において、 前記現像剤供給ユニットには、 第 1係合 手段が設けられ、 前記筐体部材には、 上記第 1係合手段と係合することによって上記 現像剤供給ュニットの挿抜を案内する第 2係合手段が設けられているものである。 上記第 8の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ユニットの装着の際、 第 1係合手段と第 2係 合手段とが係合することにより、 現像剤供給ユニットは所定の位置に案内される。 従 つて、現像剤担持体と背面電極とは、簡易かつ高精度に位置合わせされることになる。 第 9の発明は、 上記第 8の発明において、 前記第 1係合手段は、 該現像剤供給ュニ ットから突出する突起または棒状部材からなり、 前記第 2係合手段は、 上記突起また は棒状部材を案内する案内手段からなるものである。  In an eighth aspect based on the fourth aspect, the developer supply unit is provided with first engagement means, and the housing member is engaged with the first engagement means, Second engaging means for guiding insertion and removal of the developer supply unit is provided. According to the eighth aspect, when the developer supply unit is mounted, the first engagement means and the second engagement means are engaged, so that the developer supply unit is guided to a predetermined position. Therefore, the developer carrier and the back electrode are easily and accurately aligned. In a ninth aspect based on the eighth aspect, the first engagement means comprises a projection or a rod-shaped member projecting from the developer supply unit, and the second engagement means comprises Is a guide means for guiding the rod-shaped member.
上記第 9の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニッ卜の装着の際、 現像剤供給ュニッ卜の 突起または棒状部材が筐体部材の案内手段に係合し、 現像剤担持体は所定の位置に案 内される。 従って、 現像剤担持体と背面電極とは、 簡易かつ高精度に位置合わせされ ることになる。 なお、 案内手段は、 上記突起または棒状部材と係合するものであれば よく、 例えば凹部や溝等であってもよい。  According to the ninth aspect, at the time of mounting the developer supply unit, the protrusion or the rod-shaped member of the developer supply unit engages with the guide means of the housing member, and the developer carrier is positioned at a predetermined position. It is surprising. Therefore, the developer carrier and the back electrode can be easily and accurately aligned. Note that the guide means may be any means that engages with the above-mentioned protrusion or rod-shaped member, and may be, for example, a concave portion or a groove.
第 1 0の発明は、 上記第 8の発明において、 現像剤供給ユニットは、 前記現像剤担 持体が前記背面電極の中心に向かって移動するように案内されることとしたものであ る  In a tenth aspect based on the eighth aspect, the developer supply unit is guided so that the developer carrier moves toward the center of the back electrode.
上記第 1 0の発明によれば、 現像剤担持体は背面電極の中心に向かって案内される ので、 現像剤担持体を背面電極に対して位置決めするときに、 背面電極の径方向の位 置決めと円周方向の位置決めとが相互に影響を及ぼすことはない。 そのため、 高精度 な位置決めが容易に行われる。 第 1 1の発明は、 上記第 9の発明において、 前記筐体部材の案内手段は、 所定の揷 入方向に延びる挿入部と、 該揷入部から連続または屈折して前記現像剤担持体を所定 の記録位置に導く位置決め部とを含んでいるものである。 According to the tenth aspect, since the developer carrier is guided toward the center of the back electrode, when the developer carrier is positioned with respect to the back electrode, the radial position of the back electrode is determined. The determination and the circumferential positioning do not influence each other. Therefore, highly accurate positioning is easily performed. In the eleventh aspect based on the ninth aspect, in the ninth aspect, the guide means of the housing member comprises: an insertion portion extending in a predetermined insertion direction; and a predetermined or continuous bending of the developer carrier from the insertion portion. And a positioning section for guiding to the recording position.
上記第 1 1の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ユニットの装着の際には、 まず現像剤供給 ュニッ卜の突起または棒状部材が揷入部と係合し、 現像剤供給ュニットは所定の挿入 方向に沿って挿入される。 その後、 上記突起または棒状部材は揷入部から位置決め部 に移動し、 現像剤供給ユニットは所定の記録位置にまで導かれる。 なお、 ここでいう 記録位置とは、 現像剤を中間像保持手段に噴射する記録動作時における適正な位置を いう。 これにより、 現像剤供給ユニットの装着が簡易かつ迅速に行われるとともに、 現像剤担持体は高精度に位置決めされることになる。 また、 現像剤供給ユニットをた とえば水平方向等の任意の方向に挿入するように機器を構成した場合でも、 最終的に 現像剤担持体は背面電極の中心に向かって案内されるので、 現像剤担持体の背面電極 に対する径方向と円周方向との位置決めが互いに影響を及ぼすことはなく、 現像剤担 持体と背面電極とは高精度に位置決めされることになる。  According to the eleventh aspect, when mounting the developer supply unit, first, the protrusion or the rod-shaped member of the developer supply unit is engaged with the insertion portion, and the developer supply unit is moved in the predetermined insertion direction. Is inserted along. Thereafter, the protrusion or the rod-shaped member moves from the insertion portion to the positioning portion, and the developer supply unit is guided to a predetermined recording position. Here, the recording position means an appropriate position during a recording operation in which the developer is ejected to the intermediate image holding unit. As a result, the developer supply unit is easily and quickly mounted, and the developer carrier is positioned with high accuracy. Also, even if the device is configured so that the developer supply unit is inserted in an arbitrary direction, for example, in a horizontal direction, the developer carrier is eventually guided toward the center of the back electrode. The positioning of the developer carrier with respect to the back electrode in the radial direction and the circumferential direction does not affect each other, and the developer carrier and the back electrode are positioned with high precision.
第 1 2の発明は、 上記第 1 1の発明において、 前記挿入部と前記位置決め部とは、 同一直線上に延びるように配設されているものである。  In a twelfth aspect based on the eleventh aspect, the insertion portion and the positioning portion are disposed so as to extend on the same straight line.
上記第 1 2の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニットは記録位置に向かって直線上に案 内されることになる。  According to the twelfth aspect, the developer supply unit is straightened toward the recording position.
第 1 3の発明は、 上記第 1〜第 1 2の発明において、 前記現像剤担持体と前記現像 剤通過制御部材と前記背面電極とをそれそれ有する複数の記録部を備え、 前記中間像 保持手段は、 上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材と背面電極との間を順次走行するよ うに設けられているものである。  According to a thirteenth invention, in the first to twelfth inventions, the image forming apparatus further comprises a plurality of recording units each including the developer carrier, the developer passage control member, and the back electrode, and The means is provided so as to sequentially travel between the developer passage control member of each of the recording sections and the back electrode.
上記第 1 3の発明によれば、 複数の記録部を備えた装置において、 各記録部のへッ ド間隔の安定化が図られる。 記録部の現像剤をそれそれ異なった色のものにすれば、 カラーバランスに優れた高品質なカラ一画像が形成される。  According to the thirteenth aspect, in a device including a plurality of recording units, the head interval of each recording unit can be stabilized. If the developer in the recording section is made of a different color, a high-quality color image with excellent color balance is formed.
第 1 4の発明は、 帯電した現像剤を担持しながら搬送する現像剤担持体と、 上記現 像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電 極との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基 材における該各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が供給される信号電極と を有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通 過させて該背面電極側に飛翔させる現像剤通過制御部材とを備える第 1、 第 2及び第 3の記録部を少なくとも含む複数の記録部と、 上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材か らの現像剤を受けて中間画像を生成するように、 上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材 と背面電極との間を順次走行するように配設された中間像保持手段と、 上記中間像保 持手段上の中間画像を記録媒体に転写する転写手段とを備えた画像形成装置であって、 少なくとも上記第 1、 第 2及び第 3記録部の各背面電極は、 上記中間像保持手段に当 接する当接部をそれそれ備える一方、 上記第 2記録部の背面電極の当接部が上記第 1 記録部の背面電極の当接部と上記第 3記録部の背面電極の当接部とを結ぶ仮想線より も上記中間像保持ベルト側に突出するように配置されているものである。 A fourteenth invention is directed to a developer carrier that carries and transports a charged developer, a back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier, the developer carrier, and the back surface. Electric An insulating substrate disposed between the electrode and a plurality of developer passage holes, and disposed around each developer passage hole in the insulating substrate and supplied with an image signal. A signal electrode; and a developer passage control member that causes the developer on the developer carrier to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole and fly toward the back electrode based on the image signal. 1, a plurality of recording units including at least the second and third recording units, and each of the recording units so as to generate an intermediate image by receiving a developer from the developer passage control member of each of the recording units. An image comprising: an intermediate image holding means disposed so as to sequentially travel between a developer passage control member and a back electrode; and a transfer means for transferring an intermediate image on the intermediate image holding means to a recording medium. A forming device, wherein at least each of the back electrodes of the first, second, and third recording units is The contact portion of the back electrode of the second recording unit is different from the contact portion of the back electrode of the first recording unit and the contact unit of the third recording unit. It is arranged so as to protrude toward the intermediate image holding belt side from an imaginary line connecting the contact portion of the back electrode.
上記第 1 4の発明によれば、 第 1〜第 3記録部の各背面電極が当接部を備えるとと もに、 第 2記録部の背面電極が中間像保持手段側に突出していることから、 中間像保 持手段は少なくとも第 2記録部の背面電極と所定の巻き付け角を有するように接触す る。 その結果、 中間像保持手段は背面電極に確実に接触した状態で走行するので、 へ ッド間隔は安定する。 従って、 記録条件は高度に均一化され、 高水準の画質が形成さ れることになる。  According to the fourteenth aspect, each of the back electrodes of the first to third recording units has a contact portion, and the back electrode of the second recording unit protrudes toward the intermediate image holding unit. Therefore, the intermediate image holding unit contacts at least the back electrode of the second recording unit so as to have a predetermined winding angle. As a result, the intermediate image holding means travels in a state in which it is securely in contact with the back electrode, so that the head interval is stabilized. Therefore, recording conditions are highly uniform, and a high level of image quality is formed.
第 1 5の発明は、 帯電した現像剤を担持しながら搬送する現像剤担持体と、 上記現 像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電 極との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基 材における該各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が供給される信号電極と を有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通 過させて該背面電極側に飛翔させる現像剤通過制御部材とを備える第 1及び第 2の記 録部を少なくとも含む複数の記録部と、 上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材からの現 像剤を受けて中間画像を生成するように、 上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材と背面 電極との間を順次走行するように配設された中間像保持手段と、 上記中間像保持手段 が上記第 1記録部から上記第 2記録部に向かって走行するように該中間像保持手段を 該第 1記録部に案内するガイ ド部材と、 上記中間像保持手段上の中間画像を記録媒体 に転写する転写手段とを備えた画像形成装置であって、 少なくとも上記ガイ ド部材と 上記第 1及び第 2記録部の各背面電極とは、 上記中間像保持手段に当接する当接部を それそれ備える一方、 上記第 1記録部の背面電極の当接部が上記ガイ ド部材の当接部 と上記第 2記録部の背面電極の当接部とを結ぶ仮想線よりも上記中間像保持ベルト側 に突出するように配置されているものである。 A fifteenth aspect of the present invention provides a developer carrier that carries and transports a charged developer, a back electrode disposed so as to face the developer carrier, the developer carrier and the back surface. An insulating substrate provided between the electrode and the plurality of developer passage holes, and an image signal provided around the respective developer passage holes in the insulating substrate. And a developer passage control member that causes the developer on the developer carrier to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole and fly toward the back electrode based on the image signal. Developing a plurality of recording units including at least a first and a second recording unit, and developing each of the recording units so as to generate an intermediate image by receiving a developing agent from a developer passage control member of each of the recording units; Intermediate image holding hand disposed so as to run sequentially between the agent passage control member and the back electrode When, the intermediate image holding means A guide member for guiding the intermediate image holding means to the first recording section so that the intermediate image travels from the first recording section toward the second recording section; An image forming apparatus including a transfer unit for transferring the image to the intermediate image holding unit, wherein at least the guide member and each of the back electrodes of the first and second recording units have a contact portion that contacts the intermediate image holding unit. On the other hand, the intermediate image holding belt has a contact portion of the back electrode of the first recording unit which is larger than an imaginary line connecting the contact portion of the guide member and the contact portion of the back electrode of the second recording unit. It is arranged to protrude to the side.
上記第 1 5の発明によれば、 ガイ ド部材と第 1および第 2記録部の各背面電極とが 当接部を備えるとともに、 第 1記録部の背面電極が中間像保持手段側に突出している ことから、 中間像保持手段は少なくとも第 1記録部の背面電極と所定の巻き付け角を 有するように接触する。 その結果、 中間像保持手段は背面電極に確実に接触した状態 で走行するので、 へッド間隔は安定する。  According to the fifteenth aspect, the guide member and each of the back electrodes of the first and second recording units include an abutting portion, and the back electrode of the first recording unit protrudes toward the intermediate image holding unit. Therefore, the intermediate image holding unit contacts at least the back electrode of the first recording unit so as to have a predetermined winding angle. As a result, the intermediate image holding means travels in a state in which the intermediate image holding means is securely in contact with the back electrode, so that the head interval is stabilized.
第 1 6の発明は、 上記第 1 4または第 1 5の発明において、 前記各記録部の現像剤 担持体、 現像剤通過制御部材、 中間像保持手段及び背面電極の相互の位置関係は、 複 数の記録部間において互いに同一であるものである。  In a sixteenth aspect based on the fourteenth or fifteenth aspect, the mutual positional relationship between the developer carrying member, the developer passage control member, the intermediate image holding means, and the back electrode of each of the recording units is a plurality. The numbers are the same between the recording units.
上記第 1 6の発明によれば、 複数の記録部の間で記録条件の均一化が図られ、 高水 準の画像が形成されることになる。  According to the sixteenth aspect, the recording conditions are made uniform among the plurality of recording sections, and a high-level image is formed.
第 1 7の発明は、 上記第 1 6の発明において、 前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する 収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニッ トを備え、 上記現像剤供給ュニットを着脱するときの挿抜方向が各現像剤供給ュニッ ト毎に異なっているものである。  In a seventeenth aspect based on the sixteenth aspect, each of the recording units includes a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and having the developer carrier attached thereto. The direction in which the developer supply unit is inserted and removed is different for each developer supply unit.
上記第 1 7の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニットの挿抜方向の制約が少なくなり、 装置の設計自由度が大きくなる。  According to the seventeenth aspect, the restriction on the insertion / removal direction of the developer supply unit is reduced, and the degree of design freedom of the apparatus is increased.
第 1 8の発明は、 上記第 1 6の発明において、 前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する 収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニッ 卜と、 上記各現像剤供給ユニットを挿抜自在に装着する筐体部材とを備え、 上記各現 像剤供給ユニットには、 第 1係合手段が設けられ、 上記各筐体部材には、 現像剤通過 制御部材がそれそれ取り付けられるとともに、 上記第 1係合手段と係合することによ つて上記現像剤供給ュニットの挿抜を案内する第 2係合手段が設けられ、 装置本体の 上側に装着される現像剤供給ュニッ卜の挿抜方向の方が装置本体の下側に装着される 現像剤供給ュニッ卜の挿抜方向よりも水平面に対する傾斜角度が大きくなるように、 現像剤供給ュニット同士は互いに非平行に配置されているものである。 An eighteenth invention is based on the sixteenth invention, wherein each of the recording units has a container for accommodating a developer and has a developer supply unit attached with the developer carrier. A housing member to which the developer supply unit is detachably attached, wherein each of the developer supply units is provided with a first engaging means, and each of the housing members has a developer passage therethrough. A second engaging means is provided for guiding the insertion / removal of the developer supply unit by engaging the first engaging means with the control member, and is mounted on the upper side of the apparatus main body. The developer supply units are non-parallel to each other so that the direction of insertion and removal of the developer supply unit is larger than the direction of insertion and removal of the developer supply unit attached to the lower part of the apparatus main body. It is what is arranged.
上記第 1 8の発明によれば、 例えば、 装置本体の下側に装着される現像剤供給ュニ ットは前方、 後方または側方に挿抜され、 装置本体の上側に装着される現像剤供給ュ ニットは上方に挿抜される等、 現像剤供給ュニットの揷抜が容易な構成が得られる。 第 1 9の発明は、 上記第 1 8の発明において、 前記第 1係合手段は、 該現像剤供給 ユニットから突出する突起または棒状部材からなり、 前記第 2係合手段は、 上記突起 または棒状部材を案内する案内手段からなるものである。  According to the eighteenth aspect, for example, the developer supply unit mounted on the lower side of the apparatus main body is inserted into or removed from the front, rear, or side, and the developer supply unit mounted on the upper side of the apparatus main body. A configuration in which the developer supply unit can be easily removed and inserted can be obtained, for example, by inserting and removing the unit upward. According to a nineteenth aspect, in the eighteenth aspect, the first engaging means comprises a protrusion or a rod-like member projecting from the developer supply unit, and the second engaging means comprises the protrusion or the rod-like member. It comprises guide means for guiding the members.
上記第 1 9の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニッ卜の装着の際、 現像剤供給ュニット の突起または棒状部材が筐体部材の案内手段に係合し、 現像剤供給ュニットは所定の 位置に案内される。  According to the nineteenth aspect, at the time of mounting the developer supply unit, the protrusion or the rod-shaped member of the developer supply unit engages with the guide means of the housing member, and the developer supply unit is positioned at a predetermined position. You will be guided.
第 2 0の発明は、 上記第 1 6の発明において、 前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する 収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニッ トを備え、 上記現像剤供給ュニットを着脱するときの挿抜方向が互いに平行であるも のである。  According to a twenty-first aspect, in the sixteenth aspect, the recording units each include a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and having the developer carrier attached thereto. The directions in which the developer supply unit is inserted and removed are parallel to each other.
上記第 2 0の発明によれば、 各々の現像剤供給ュニット間のデッドスペースの減少 により、 装置の小型化が実現される。  According to the twenty-second aspect, the size of the apparatus can be reduced by reducing the dead space between the developer supply units.
第 2 1の発明は、 上記第 1 6の発明において、 前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する 収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニッ 卜と、 上記各現像剤供給ユニットを挿抜自在に装着する筐体部材とを備え、 上記各現 像剤供給ュニットには、 該現像剤供給ュニッ卜から突出する突起または棒状部材が設 けられ、 上記各筐体部材には、 現像剤通過制御部材がそれそれ取り付けられるととも に、 所定の挿入方向に延びる揷入部と、 該挿入部から連続または屈折して上記現像剤 担持体を所定の記録位置に導く位置決め部とを含む上記突起または棒状部材の案内手 段が形成されている一方、 上記記録部の筐体部材の挿入部同士は、 互いに平行に形成 されているものである。 According to a twenty-first aspect, in the sixteenth aspect, the recording units each include a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and having the developer carrying member attached thereto; A housing member for detachably mounting the developer supply unit; and a projection or a rod-like member projecting from the developer supply unit is provided on each of the developer supply units. In addition, a developer passage control member is attached to each of them, and an insertion portion extending in a predetermined insertion direction, and a positioning portion that continuously or bends from the insertion portion to guide the developer carrier to a predetermined recording position. Guide hand for the projection or rod-shaped member including While the step is formed, the insertion portions of the housing member of the recording unit are formed parallel to each other.
上記第 2 1の発明によれば、 各々の現像剤供給ュニット間のデッドスペースの減少 による装置の小型化が実現される。  According to the twenty-first aspect, the size of the apparatus can be reduced by reducing the dead space between the developer supply units.
第 2 2の発明は、 上記第 2 1の発明において、 前記揷入部と前記位置決め部とは、 同一直線上に延びるように配設されているものである。  According to a twenty-second invention, in the twenty-first invention, the insertion portion and the positioning portion are arranged so as to extend on the same straight line.
上記第 2 2の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニットは記録位置に向かって直線上に案 内されることになる。  According to the twenty-second aspect, the developer supply unit is straightened toward the recording position.
第 2 3の発明は、 上記第 1 6の発明において、 前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する 収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニッ 卜と、 該現像剤供給ユニットに設けられ、 前記現像剤通過制御部材を該現像剤担持体 の先端側を覆うように該現像剤供給ュニットに支持する支持部とを備え、 上記各現像 剤供給ュニットには、 該現像剤供給ュニットから突出する突起または棒状部材からな る係合手段がそれそれ設けられ、 上記各現像剤供給ュニッ卜の係合手段を案内する複 数の案内手段が形成された筐体部材を備え、 上記筐体部材の各案内手段は、 所定の揷 入方向に延びる挿入部と、 該挿入部から連続または屈折して上記各現像剤担持体を所 定の記録位置に導く位置決め部とを有しているものである。  According to a twenty-third aspect, in the sixteenth aspect, each of the recording units has a container for accommodating a developer, and a developer supply unit to which the developer carrier is attached. A support portion provided on the developer supply unit, the support portion supporting the developer passage control member on the developer supply unit so as to cover the front end side of the developer carrier, and the developer supply unit includes: Engagement means comprising protrusions or rod-shaped members protruding from the developer supply unit are provided, and a housing member provided with a plurality of guide means for guiding the engagement means of each of the developer supply units is provided. The guide means of the housing member includes: an insertion portion extending in a predetermined insertion direction; and a positioning portion continuously or bent from the insertion portion to guide each of the developer carriers to a predetermined recording position. Have .
上記第 2 3の発明によれば、 現像剤通過制御部材が現像剤供給ュニットと一体化さ れ、現像剤通過制御部材と現像剤供給ュニッ卜とを同時に交換可能な構成が得られる。 第 2 4の発明は、上記第 2 1〜第 2 3のいずれか一の発明において、前記挿入部は、 前記各現像剤供給ュニッ卜の装着の際に該各現像剤供給ュニットを水平方向、 斜め下 方向または下方向に案内するように形成されているものである。  According to the twenty-third aspect, a configuration is provided in which the developer passage control member is integrated with the developer supply unit, and the developer passage control member and the developer supply unit can be simultaneously replaced. According to a twenty-fourth invention, in any one of the twenty-first to twenty-third inventions, the insertion portion may move the developer supply units in the horizontal direction when the developer supply units are mounted. It is formed so as to guide obliquely downward or downward.
上記第 2 4の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニッ卜の装着が容易になる。  According to the twenty-fourth aspect, the developer supply unit can be easily mounted.
第 2 5の発明は、上記第 2 1〜第 2 3のいずれか一の発明において、前記挿入部は、 水平方向に延びる水平案内部によって構成されているものである。  In a twenty-fifth aspect based on any one of the twenty-first to twenty-third aspects, the insertion portion is constituted by a horizontal guide portion extending in a horizontal direction.
上記第 2 5の発明によれば、 いずれの現像剤供給ュニットも水平方向に挿抜される ことになり、 デッドスペースの低減によって装置の小型化が図られる。 第 2 6の発明は、 上記第 1 7〜第 2 3のいずれか一の発明において、 前記記録部の 現像剤供給ュニットは、 互いに同一形状に形成されているものである。 According to the twenty-fifth aspect, all the developer supply units are inserted and removed in the horizontal direction, and the size of the apparatus can be reduced by reducing the dead space. In a twenty-sixth aspect based on any one of the seventeenth to twenty-third aspects, the developer supply units of the recording unit are formed in the same shape.
上記第 2 6の発明によれば、 各記録部毎に別種類のュニットを製造する必要がなく なり、 例えば、 現像剤供給ユニットの収容容器等を樹脂成形にて製作する場合の金型 費など、 製造コストの低減が図られる。  According to the twenty-sixth aspect of the present invention, it is not necessary to manufacture a different type of unit for each recording unit. For example, a mold cost when a container for the developer supply unit is manufactured by resin molding, and the like. Therefore, manufacturing costs can be reduced.
第 2 7の発明は、 上記第 1 7〜第 2 3のいずれか一の発明において、 前記各現像剤 供給ユニットの現像剤担持体、 現像剤通過制御部材、 中間像保持手段及び背面電極の 相互の位置関係は、 複数の現像剤供給ユニット間において互いに同一である一方、 背 面電極及び中間像保持手段に対する収容容器の位置関係は、 現像剤供給ュニットごと に異なっているものである。  According to a twenty-seventh aspect, in any one of the seventeenth to twenty-third aspects, the developer carrier of each of the developer supply units, the developer passage control member, the intermediate image holding unit, and the back electrode Is the same among a plurality of developer supply units, while the positional relationship of the storage container with respect to the back electrode and the intermediate image holding means is different for each developer supply unit.
第 2 8の発明は、 上記第 2 7の発明において、 前記現像剤供給ユニットの収容容器 の形状および寸法は、 複数の現像剤供給ュニット間において互いに同一である一方、 現像剤担持体の中心と現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔の中心とを結ぶ仮想線と上 記収容容器との位置関係は、 現像剤供給ュニットごとに異なっているものである。 上記第 2 7および第 2 8の各発明によれば、 例えば複数の記録部間において現像剤 供給ユニットの挿抜方向が異なる場合であっても、 各記録部の現像剤担持体、 現像剤 通過制御手段、 中間像保持手段及び背面電極の位置関係はそれそれ所定の位置関係に あるので、 良好な記録が可能となる。  In a twenty-eighth aspect based on the twenty-seventh aspect, the shape and dimensions of the container of the developer supply unit are the same among a plurality of developer supply units, while the shape and dimensions of the container are the same as the center of the developer carrier. The positional relationship between the imaginary line connecting the center of the developer passage hole of the developer passage control member and the storage container is different for each developer supply unit. According to each of the twenty-seventh and twenty-eighth inventions, for example, even when the insertion / removal direction of the developer supply unit is different between a plurality of recording units, the developer carrying member and developer passage control of each recording unit Since the means, the intermediate image holding means and the back electrode are in a predetermined positional relationship, good recording is possible.
第 2 9の発明は、 上記第 1 8、 第 1 9、 および第 2 1〜第 2 3のいずれか一の発明 において、 前記各記録部の現像剤供給ュニットは、 他の記録部の筐体部材に挿抜不能 なように、 他の記録部の現像剤供給ュニッ卜と形状または寸法が異なっているもので ある。  A twentieth invention is the invention according to any one of the eighteenth, nineteenth, and twenty-first to twenty-third inventions, wherein the developer supply unit of each of the recording units includes a housing for another recording unit. The developer supply unit has a different shape or size from the developer supply unit of another recording unit so that it cannot be inserted into or removed from a member.
第 3 0の発明は、 上記第 1 8の発明において、 前記各記録部の現像剤供給ユニット の第 1係合手段は、 他の記録部の第 2係合手段と係合不能なように、 他の記録部の現 像剤供給ュニットの第 1係合手段と形状または寸法が異なっているものである。 第 3 1の発明は、 上記第 2 3の発明において、 前記各記録部の現像剤供給ュニット の係合手段は、 他の記録部の現像剤ュニッ卜の係合手段を案内する案内手段と係合不 能なように、 他の記録部の現像剤供給ュニッ卜の係合手段と形状または寸法が異なつ ているものである。 In a thirtieth aspect based on the eighteenth aspect, the first engagement means of the developer supply unit of each of the recording parts is not capable of engaging with the second engagement means of the other recording part. The other recording unit is different in shape or size from the first engaging means of the developer supply unit. According to a thirty-first aspect, in the twenty-third aspect, the engaging means of the developer supply unit of each recording section is related to a guide means for guiding the engaging means of the developer unit of another recording section. Failure For the sake of simplicity, the shape and dimensions of the recording unit are different from those of the engaging means of the developer supply unit of the other recording unit.
上記第 2 9〜第 3 1の各発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニットの誤挿入が確実に防止 される。  According to each of the twenty-ninth to thirty-first inventions, erroneous insertion of the developer supply unit is reliably prevented.
第 3 2の発明は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しなが ら搬送する現像剤担持体とを有する現像剤供給ユニットと、 上記現像剤担持体に対向 するように配設された背面電極と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設さ れた受像体と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通 過孔が形成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且 つ画像信号が供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上 の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるように飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる 現像剤通過制御部材とを備え、 上記現像剤供給ユニットは、 装置本体に対し着脱自在 に形成され、 上記現像剤担持体は、 上記現像剤供給ユニットが上記装置本体に装着さ れているときに上記現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔に臨む部分が現像剤を鉛直下 向き方向または略鉛直下向き方向に搬送するように形成されているものである。 上記第 3 2の発明によれば、 現像剤通過制御部材と現像剤担持体との間に詰まった 異物等を除去した場合、 この異物等は重力によって落下する。 その際、 現像剤担持体 の搬送方向が鉛直下向き方向または略鉛直下向き方向であるので、 いったん除去され た異物等は、 記録動作時に現像剤担持体の搬送動作によって再び現像剤通過制御部材 と現像剤担持体との間に戻ることはなく、 それらの間に詰まることはない。 従って、 現像剤通過制御部材の損傷や、 現像剤通過制御部材と現像剤担持体との間の電気的短 絡等は防止される。  A thirty-second invention is directed to a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and a developer support for transporting the developer in the storage container while supporting the developer. A back electrode disposed between the developer carrier, the image receiving member disposed between the developer carrying member and the back electrode, a rear electrode disposed between the developer carrying member and the image receiving member, and An insulating substrate having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein, and a signal electrode disposed around each developer passage hole of the insulation substrate and supplied with an image signal; A developer passage control member that causes the developer on the developer carrier to fly through a predetermined developer passage hole based on an image signal and adhere to the image receiving body; The developer carrier is formed detachably with respect to the apparatus main body, and the developer carrier is provided with the developer supply unit. The portion of the developer passage control member facing the developer passage hole when the cartridge is mounted on the apparatus main body is formed so as to convey the developer vertically downward or substantially vertically downward. Things. According to the thirty-second aspect, when a foreign substance or the like clogged between the developer passage control member and the developer carrying member is removed, the foreign substance or the like falls by gravity. At this time, since the transport direction of the developer carrier is vertically downward or substantially vertically downward, the foreign matter and the like that has been removed once are transferred again to the developer passage control member and the developing device by the transport operation of the developer carrier during the recording operation. There is no return to the agent carrier and no clogging between them. Therefore, damage to the developer passage control member, electrical short-circuit between the developer passage control member and the developer carrier, and the like are prevented.
なお、 上記発明および以下の各発明において、 受像体は中間像保持ベルト等の中間 像保持手段であってもよく、 記録用紙等の記録媒体であってもよい。 つまり、 上記画 像形成装置および下記の各画像形成装置は、 中間画像を記録媒体に転写するものであ つてもよく、 記録媒体に画像を直接形成するものであってもよい。  In the above invention and each of the following inventions, the image receiving member may be an intermediate image holding means such as an intermediate image holding belt or a recording medium such as a recording paper. That is, the image forming apparatus and the following image forming apparatuses may be those that transfer an intermediate image to a recording medium or those that directly form an image on a recording medium.
第 3 3の発明は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しなが ら搬送する現像剤担持体とを有する現像剤供給ュニットと、 上記現像剤担持体に対向 するように配設された背面電極と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設さ れた受像体と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通 過孔が形成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且 つ画像信号が供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上 の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるように飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる 現像剤通過制御部材とを備え、 上記現像剤供給ユニットは、 装置本体に対して水平方 向または略水平方向に揷抜自在に形成されているものである。 The thirty-third invention is directed to a storage container for storing the developer and the developer in the storage container. A developer supply unit having a developer carrier conveyed from the developer carrier, a back electrode disposed so as to face the developer carrier, and a rear electrode disposed between the developer carrier and the back electrode. An image receiving member, an insulating substrate provided between the developer carrying member and the image receiving member and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein, and a passage of each developer through the insulating substrate. A signal electrode provided around the hole and supplied with an image signal, and flying the developer on the developer carrier so as to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole based on the image signal. And a developer passage control member for causing the developer supply unit to adhere to the image receiving member, wherein the developer supply unit is formed so as to be freely detachable in a horizontal direction or a substantially horizontal direction with respect to the apparatus main body.
上記第 3 3の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ユニットを装置本体に装着する際に、 外部 から異物が自由落下して現像剤通過制御部材等に付着することは、未然に防止される。 第 3 4の発明は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しなが ら搬送する現像剤担持体とを有する現像剤供給ュニッ卜と、 上記現像剤担持体に対向 するように配設された背面電極と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設さ れた受像体と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通 過孔が形成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且 つ画像信号が供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上 の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるように飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる 現像剤通過制御部材と、 上記現像剤供給ュニットを挿入するためのュニット揷入口が 設けられ、 該現像剤供給ユニットを挿抜自在に支持する装置本体と、 上記現像剤供給 ュニッ卜が上記装置本体から離脱しているときに該装置本体のュニット挿入口を閉鎖 するように、 該現像剤供給ュニットの挿抜に連動して該ュニット揷入口を開閉するシ ャッ夕一手段とを備えているものである。  According to the thirty-third aspect, when the developer supply unit is mounted on the apparatus main body, it is possible to prevent foreign substances from freely falling from the outside and adhering to the developer passage control member or the like. According to a thirty-fourth aspect, the present invention provides a developer supply unit having a container for storing a developer and a developer carrier for carrying the developer in the container while carrying the developer. A back electrode disposed so as to face, an image receiving member disposed between the developer carrying member and the back electrode, and a rear electrode disposed between the developer carrying member and the image receiving member. And an insulating substrate having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein, and a signal electrode provided around each developer passage hole of the insulation substrate and supplied with an image signal, A developer passage control member for causing the developer on the developer carrier to fly through a predetermined developer passage hole based on the image signal and attaching the developer to the image receiver; and inserting the developer supply unit Unit is provided to allow the developer supply unit to be inserted and withdrawn. The unit main body and the developer supply unit are closed so that the unit insertion slot of the apparatus main body is closed when the developer supply unit is detached from the apparatus main body. It is provided with a shutter for opening and closing.
上記第 3 4の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニッ卜が装置本体から離脱した状態では シャッ夕一手段が閉じられるので、 現像剤通過制御部材が装置外部に露出されること はない。 そのため、 装置外部から現像剤通過制御部材に異物が侵入することは防止さ れる。 また、 使用者の手が現像剤通過制御部材等に直接触れるおそれもない。  According to the thirty-fourth aspect, when the developer supply unit is separated from the apparatus main body, the shut-off means is closed, so that the developer passage control member is not exposed to the outside of the apparatus. Therefore, foreign matter is prevented from entering the developer passage control member from outside the apparatus. Further, there is no possibility that the user's hand directly touches the developer passage control member or the like.
第 3 5の発明は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しなが ら搬送する現像剤担持体とを有し、 装置本体に対し着脱自在に形成された現像剤供給 ユニットと、 上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、 上記現像剤 担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設された受像体と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体 との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材 の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が供給される信号電極とを有し、 該 画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるよ うに飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる現像剤通過制御部材と、 上記現像剤供給ュニッ トが上記装置本体に装着されていないときにまたは該前記現像剤供給ュニットの該装 置本体への装着に際して、 上記現像剤通過制御部材に付着している異物を除去するた めのクリーニング動作を実行するクリーニング手段とを備えているものである。 According to a thirty-fifth aspect, a container for storing the developer and the developer in the container are supported. A developer supply unit that has a developer carrying member that is conveyed from the main body and that is detachably formed in the apparatus main body; a back electrode that is disposed to face the developer carrying member; An image receiving body disposed between the body and the back electrode; and an insulating substrate provided between the developer carrier and the image receiving body and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein, A signal electrode disposed around each developer passage hole of the insulating base material and supplied with an image signal; and developing the developer on the developer carrier based on the image signal in a predetermined manner. A developer passage control member that is caused to fly through the developer passage hole and adhere to the image receiving member; and a developer supply unit when the developer supply unit is not attached to the apparatus main body or when the developer supply unit is not attached to the apparatus main body. When mounting to the device body, the developer passage control member Cleaning means for performing a cleaning operation for removing adhering foreign matter.
上記第 3 5の発明によれば、現像剤通過制御部材に異物が付着した場合であっても、 人手を介することなく当該異物を除去することができる。  According to the thirty-fifth aspect, even when a foreign matter adheres to the developer passage control member, the foreign matter can be removed without manual intervention.
第 3 6の発明は、 上記第 3 5の発明において、 前記クリーニング手段は、 前記現像 剤通過制御部材に機械的振動を付与する振動手段を備えているものである。  In a thirty-sixth aspect based on the thirty-fifth aspect, the cleaning means includes a vibrating means for applying mechanical vibration to the developer passage control member.
上記第 3 6の発明によれば、 現像剤通過制御部材に機械的振動が付与されることに より、 現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔の周囲や内部に付着した異物は容易に除去 される。 そのため、 現像剤供給ユニットの交換作業中に現像剤通過制御部材に異物が 付着した場合であっても、 人手を介することなく当該異物を除去することができる。 第 3 7の発明は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しなが ら搬送する現像剤担持体とを有し、 装置本体に対し着脱自在に形成された現像剤供給 ユニットと、 上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、 上記現像剤 担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設された受像体と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体 との間に配置され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材 の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が供給される信号電極とを有し、 該 画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるよ うに飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる現像剤通過制御部材とを備え、 上記現像剤供給 ュニットは、 上記装置本体への装着に伴って上記現像剤担持体に搬送運動を行わせる ように形成されているものである。 According to the above-described thirty-sixth aspect, by applying mechanical vibration to the developer passage control member, foreign matters adhering to and around the developer passage hole of the developer passage control member can be easily removed. You. Therefore, even when foreign matter adheres to the developer passage control member during the replacement operation of the developer supply unit, the foreign matter can be removed without manual operation. According to a thirty-seventh aspect, there is provided a developing device having a container for accommodating a developer and a developer carrying member for carrying the developer in the container while carrying the developer, wherein the developing container is detachably attached to the apparatus body. A developer supply unit, a back electrode arranged to face the developer carrier, an image receiver arranged between the developer carrier and the back electrode, and the developer carrier. An insulating substrate disposed between the image receiving member and the plurality of developer passage holes, and an image signal is provided around the respective developer passage holes of the insulating substrate. A signal electrode; and a developer passage control member for causing the developer on the developer carrier to fly through a predetermined developer passage hole and adhere to the image receiver based on the image signal. The developer supply unit is provided with the developer when attached to the apparatus main body. To perform conveyance movements to lifting body It is formed as follows.
上記第 3 7の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニットを装着する前に現像剤担持体に異 物が付着してしまった場合であっても、 当該異物は、 現像剤供給ユニットの装着の際 に現像剤担持体の搬送方向に搬送されるので、 現像剤通過制御部材と現像剤担持体と の間に詰まることはない。 なお、 現像剤供給ユニット内に、 収容容器の現像剤を現像 剤担持体に供給するための現像剤供給ローラや、 現像剤担持体の現像剤担持量を規制 する規制ブレード等が設けられている場合には、 搬送された上記異物はこれら現像剤 供給ローラや規制ブレード等に規制されるので、 上記異物が再び現像剤通過制御部材 と現像剤担持体との間に戻ることは確実に防止される。  According to the thirty-seventh aspect of the invention, even when a foreign substance has adhered to the developer carrying member before the developer supply unit is mounted, the foreign substance is not attached when the developer supply unit is mounted. Since the developer is transported in the transport direction of the developer carrier, there is no clogging between the developer passage control member and the developer carrier. The developer supply unit is provided with a developer supply roller for supplying the developer in the container to the developer carrier, a regulating blade for regulating the amount of developer carried on the developer carrier, and the like. In such a case, the conveyed foreign matter is regulated by the developer supply roller and the regulating blade, so that the foreign matter is reliably prevented from returning between the developer passage control member and the developer carrier. You.
第 3 8の発明は、 上記第 3 2、 第 3 4、 第 3 5または第 3 7の発明において、 前記 現像剤供給ュニットは、 前記装置本体に対し水平方向または略水平方向に挿抜自在に 形成されているものである。  In a thirty-eighth aspect based on the thirty-second, thirty-fourth, thirty-fifth, or thirty-seventh aspect, the developer supply unit is formed so as to be capable of being inserted into and removed from the apparatus main body in a horizontal direction or a substantially horizontal direction. Is what is being done.
上記第 3 8の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ユニットを装置本体に装着する際に、 外部 から異物が自由落下して現像剤通過制御部材等に付着することは未然に防止される。 加えて、 シャッター手段に異物が付着した場合でも、 シャッター手段の開閉動作に伴 つて異物が重力により現像剤通過制御部材上に落下することはない。  According to the thirty-eighth aspect, when the developer supply unit is mounted on the apparatus main body, it is possible to prevent foreign substances from freely falling from the outside and adhering to the developer passage control member or the like. In addition, even when foreign matter adheres to the shutter means, the foreign matter does not drop onto the developer passage control member due to gravity due to the opening and closing operation of the shutter means.
第 3 9の発明は、 上記第 3 2、 第 3 3、 第 3 5または第 3 7の発明において、 前記 装置本体には、前記現像剤供給ュニットを挿入するためのュニット挿入口が形成され、 前記現像剤供給ュニットが前記装置本体から離脱しているときに該装置本体のュニッ ト揷入口を閉鎖するように、 該現像剤供給ュニットの揷抜に連動して該ュニット揷入 口を開閉するシャッター手段を備えているものである。  A thirty-ninth aspect is the invention according to the thirty-second, thirty-third, thirty-fifth, or thirty-seventh aspect, wherein a unit insertion slot for inserting the developer supply unit is formed in the apparatus main body, Opening and closing the developer supply unit so as to close the unit supply opening when the developer supply unit is detached from the apparatus main body. It is provided with shutter means.
上記第 3 9の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニッ卜が装置本体から離脱した状態では シャツ夕一手段が閉じられるので、 現像剤通過制御部材が装置外部に露出されること がなく、 装置外部から現像剤通過制御部材に異物が侵入することは防止される。  According to the thirty-ninth aspect, when the developer supply unit is detached from the apparatus main body, the shirt closing means is closed, so that the developer passage control member is not exposed to the outside of the apparatus. Therefore, foreign matter is prevented from entering the developer passage control member.
第 4 0の発明は、 第 3 2、 第 3 3、 第 3 4または第 3 7の発明において、 前記現像 剤通過制御部材には、 前記現像剤供給ュニットが前記装置本体に装着されていないと きにまたは該現像剤供給ュニットの該装置本体への装着に際して、 該現像剤通過制御 部材に付着している異物を除去するためのクリーニング動作を実行するクリーニング 手段が設けられているものである。 A 40th invention is the 32nd, 33rd, 34th or 37th invention, wherein the developer supply unit is not provided with the developer supply unit. At the time of mounting the developer supply unit to the apparatus main body, Cleaning means for performing a cleaning operation for removing foreign matter adhering to the member is provided.
上記第 4 0の発明によれば、 人手を介することなく異物を除去することができる。 また、 除去された異物は現像剤担持体の記録時回転方向下流側である下方向に除去さ れるために、 いったん除去された異物が記録動作時に再度現像剤担持体と現像剤通過 制御部材との間の位置に戻ることはない。  According to the forty-fifth aspect, foreign substances can be removed without manual intervention. Also, since the removed foreign matter is removed in the downward direction, which is the downstream side in the rotation direction of the developer carrying member during recording, the removed foreign matter is again removed during the recording operation by the developer carrying member and the developer passage control member. Will not return to the position between.
第 4 1の発明は、 上記第 4 0の発明において、 前記クリーニング手段は、 前記現像 剤通過制御部材に機械的振動を付与する振動手段を備えているものである。  According to a forty-first aspect, in the forty-third aspect, the cleaning means includes a vibration means for applying mechanical vibration to the developer passage control member.
上記第 4 1の発明によれば、 現像剤通過制御部材に機械的振動が付与されることに より、 現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔の周囲や内部に付着した異物は容易に除去 される。 そのため、 現像剤供給ユニットの交換作業中に現像剤通過制御部材に異物が 付着した場合であっても、 人手を介することなく当該異物を除去することができる。 また、 除去された異物は現像剤担持体の記録時回転方向下流側である下方向に除去さ れるために、 いったん除去された異物が記録動作時に再度現像剤担持体と現像剤通過 制御部材との間に戻り、 絶縁層の破壊を伴つて現像剤担持体と現像剤通過制御部材の 制御電極とが電気的に短絡するようなことはない。  According to the forty-first aspect, by applying mechanical vibration to the developer passage control member, foreign matters adhering to and around the developer passage hole of the developer passage control member can be easily removed. You. Therefore, even when foreign matter adheres to the developer passage control member during the replacement operation of the developer supply unit, the foreign matter can be removed without manual operation. Also, since the removed foreign matter is removed in the downward direction, which is the downstream side in the rotation direction of the developer carrying member during recording, the removed foreign matter is again removed during the recording operation by the developer carrying member and the developer passage control member. It does not occur that the developer carrier and the control electrode of the developer passage control member are electrically short-circuited due to the destruction of the insulating layer.
第 4 2の発明は、 上記第 3 5の発明において、 前記装置本体は、 前記現像剤通過制 御部材から除去された現像剤を回収する回収部を備えているものである。  According to a forty-second invention, in the thirty-fifth invention, the apparatus main body includes a recovery unit that recovers the developer removed from the developer passage control member.
上記第 4 2の発明によれば、 現像剤通過制御部材から除去された現像剤は回収部に 回収されるので、 再び現像剤通過制御部材と現像剤担持体との間に戻ることはない。 第 4 3の発明は、 上記第 3 2、 第 3 3、 第 3 4または第 3 5の発明において、 前記 現像剤供給ュニットは、 前記装置本体への装着に伴って前記現像剤担持体に搬送運動 を行わせるように形成されているものである。  According to the forty-second aspect, since the developer removed from the developer passage control member is collected by the collection part, the developer does not return again between the developer passage control member and the developer carrier. According to a forty-third aspect, in the thirty-second, thirty-third, thirty-fourth, or thirty-fifth aspects, the developer supply unit is transported to the developer carrier in accordance with attachment to the apparatus main body. It is designed to exercise.
上記第 4 3の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニットを装着する前に現像剤担持体に異 物が付着してしまった場合であっても、 当該異物は、 現像剤供給ユニットの装着の際 に現像剤担持体の搬送方向に搬送されるので、 現像剤通過制御部材と現像剤担持体と の間に詰まることはない。 第 4 4の発明は、 上記第 3 6の発明において、 前記振動手段は、 超音波振動を発生 する超音波振動発生体と、 前記現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔の配列方向に延び るように該現像剤通過制御部材の該現像剤通過孔の側方に固着されるとともに、 上記 超音波振動発生体の超音波振動を該現像剤通過制御部材に伝達するように一端が該超 音波振動発生体に連結された振動体とを備えているものである。 According to the forty-third aspect, even when a foreign substance has adhered to the developer carrying member before the developer supply unit is mounted, the foreign substance is not attached when the developer supply unit is mounted. Since the developer is transported in the transport direction of the developer carrier, there is no clogging between the developer passage control member and the developer carrier. A forty-fourth invention is based on the thirty-sixth invention, wherein the vibration means extends in an arrangement direction of an ultrasonic vibration generator that generates ultrasonic vibration, and a developer passage hole of the developer passage control member. Is fixed to the developer passage control member beside the developer passage hole, and one end of the ultrasonic vibration generator transmits the ultrasonic vibration to the developer passage control member so as to transmit the ultrasonic vibration to the developer passage control member. And a vibrating body connected to the vibration generating body.
上記第 4 4の発明によれば、 超音波振動発生体が生成した超音波振動が振動体を介 して現像剤通過制御部材に伝達され、 現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔の周囲や内 部に付着した異物は除去される。  According to the forty-fourth aspect, the ultrasonic vibration generated by the ultrasonic vibration generator is transmitted to the developer passage control member via the vibrator, and the periphery of the developer passage hole of the developer passage control member and Foreign matter adhering to the inside is removed.
第 4 5の発明は、 上記第 3 7の発明において、 前記現像剤供給ユニットを前記装置 本体に着脱する際に、 前記現像剤担持体が現像剤搬送方向と逆方向の搬送運動を行う ことを阻止する阻止手段を備えているものである。  According to a forty-fifth aspect, in the thirty-seventh aspect, when the developer supply unit is attached to or detached from the apparatus main body, the developer carrier performs a transport motion in a direction opposite to a developer transport direction. It has a blocking means for blocking.
上記第 4 5の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニットの着脱に際して現像剤担持体が現 像剤搬送方向と逆方向の搬送運動を行わないので、 現像剤供給ュニットからの現像剤 の漏れは防止される。  According to the forty-fifth aspect, when the developer supply unit is attached or detached, the developer carrier does not perform the transport movement in the direction opposite to the developer transport direction, so that leakage of the developer from the developer supply unit is prevented. Is done.
第 4 6の発明は、 上記第 3 7の発明において、 前記現像剤担持体は、 担持ローラに より構成される一方、 上記担持ローラには、 該担持ローラと共に回転する回転ギア手 段が設けられ、 前記装置本体には、 前記現像剤供給ユニットの装着に伴って上記担持 ローラを現像剤搬送方向に回転させるように前記回転ギア手段と係合するラック手段 が設けられているものである。  In a forty-sixth aspect based on the thirty-seventh aspect, the developer carrier is constituted by a carrier roller, and the carrier roller is provided with a rotating gear means that rotates with the carrier roller. The apparatus main body is provided with rack means which engages with the rotating gear means so as to rotate the carrier roller in a developer conveying direction with the mounting of the developer supply unit.
上記第 4 6の発明によれば、 簡素な機構によって、 現像剤供給ュニットの装着に伴 つて担持ローラを現像剤搬送方向に回転させることができる。  According to the forty-sixth aspect, with a simple mechanism, the carrying roller can be rotated in the developer transport direction when the developer supply unit is mounted.
第 4 7の発明は、 上記第 4 6の発明において、 前記担持ローラは、 ローラの一部が 前記収容容器の外部に露出するように該収容容器に設けられる一方、 前記現像剤通過 制御部材の現像剤通過孔に臨む部分が現像剤を鉛直下向きに搬送するように形成され てなり、 前記装置本体には、 上記収容容器を水平方向に挿抜自在に形成された筐体部 材が設けられ、 前記回転ギア手段は、 上記担持ローラと同軸に配設され、 前記ラック 手段は、 上記筐体部材の内側下面に配設されているものである。 上記第 4 7の発明によれば、 簡素な機構によって、 現像剤供給ユニットの装着に伴 つて担持ローラを現像剤搬送方向に自動的に回転させることができる。 In a forty-seventh aspect based on the forty-sixth aspect, the support roller is provided in the container so that a part of the roller is exposed to the outside of the container, and A portion facing the developer passage hole is formed so as to convey the developer vertically downward, and the apparatus main body is provided with a housing member formed so as to be capable of horizontally inserting and removing the storage container, The rotating gear means is disposed coaxially with the support roller, and the rack means is disposed on an inner lower surface of the housing member. According to the forty-seventh aspect, with a simple mechanism, the carrying roller can be automatically rotated in the developer conveying direction when the developer supply unit is mounted.
第 4 8の発明は、 上記第 4 6の発明において、 前記回転ギア手段は、 前記ラック手 段との係合による回転駆動力を低減して前記担持ローラに伝達する減速ギアによって 形成されているものである。  A forty-eighth invention is based on the forty-sixth invention, wherein the rotating gear means is formed by a reduction gear that reduces a rotational driving force due to engagement with the rack means and transmits the reduced driving force to the carrying roller. Things.
上記第 4 8の発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニッ卜の挿入に際しての担持ローラの負 荷トルクが大きい場合であっても、 わずかな力で現像剤供給ュニットを挿入すること ができる。  According to the forty-eighth aspect, the developer supply unit can be inserted with a small force even when the load torque of the support roller when the developer supply unit is inserted is large.
本発明によれば、 複数の現像剤供給ユニットの全てにおいて、 中間像保持手段と現 像剤通過制御部材との間の間隔が高精度に安定化するので、 複数の現像剤供給ュニッ トに対して記録条件の均一化を図ることができる。 そのため、 カラ一バランスに優れ た高品質なカラー画像を形成することができる。 加えて、 使い勝手が良く、 また小型 化が容易な画像形成装置を実現することができる。  According to the present invention, in all of the plurality of developer supply units, the interval between the intermediate image holding means and the developer passage control member is stabilized with high accuracy, so that a plurality of developer supply units can be provided. Thus, the recording conditions can be made uniform. Therefore, a high-quality color image with excellent color balance can be formed. In addition, an image forming apparatus that is easy to use and easy to downsize can be realized.
また、 本発明によれば、 現像剤供給ュニットの交換やプリントへッドのクリーニン グ作業時に、 現像剤担持体や現像剤通過制御部材に外部から異物が付着することを防 止することができる。 また、 異物が付着した場合であっても、 その異物を容易に除去 することができる。 従って、 画質の低下やドット抜けがなくかつ信頼性の高い画像形 成装置を提供することができる。 図面の簡単な説明  Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to prevent foreign matter from adhering to the developer carrier and the developer passage control member during replacement of the developer supply unit and cleaning work of the print head. . Further, even if foreign matter adheres, the foreign matter can be easily removed. Therefore, it is possible to provide a highly reliable image forming apparatus that does not cause deterioration in image quality or missing dots. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
. 図 1は、 第 1実施形態に係る画像形成装置の概略構成を示す断面図である。  FIG. 1 is a sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the image forming apparatus according to the first embodiment.
図 2は、 第 1実施形態に係る画像形成装置の概略構成を示す断面図であり、 現像器 を装着する前の状態を表している。  FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of the image forming apparatus according to the first embodiment, and illustrates a state before a developing device is mounted.
図 3は、 第 1実施形態に係る画像形成装置のプリントへッドを拡大して示す断面図 である。  FIG. 3 is an enlarged sectional view showing a print head of the image forming apparatus according to the first embodiment.
図 4 ( a ) は制御板の表側の断面図、 図 4 ( b ) は図 4 ( a ) の A— A線断面図、 図 4 ( c ) は制御板の裏側の断面図である。 図 5は、 背面電極の配置状態を示す模式図である。 4 (a) is a cross-sectional view of the front side of the control plate, FIG. 4 (b) is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. 4 (a), and FIG. 4 (c) is a cross-sectional view of the back side of the control plate. FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing an arrangement state of the back electrode.
図 6は、 背面電極と中間像ベルトとの接触部分のずれ量とずれ角度との関係を説明 するための模式図である。  FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram for explaining a relationship between a shift amount and a shift angle of a contact portion between the back electrode and the intermediate image belt.
図 7 ( a ) 〜 (d ) は画像形成装置の斜視図である。  FIGS. 7A to 7D are perspective views of the image forming apparatus.
図 8は、 第 2実施形態に係る画像形成装置の概略構成を示す断面図である。  FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the second embodiment.
図 9は、 第 2実施形態に係る画像形成装置の概略構成を示す断面図であり、 現像器 を装着する前の状態を表している。  FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the second embodiment, and illustrates a state before a developing device is mounted.
図 1 0は、 第 2実施形態に係る画像形成装置のプリントへッドを拡大して示す断面 図である。  FIG. 10 is an enlarged sectional view showing a print head of the image forming apparatus according to the second embodiment.
図 1 1は、 第 3実施形態に係る画像形成装置の概略構成を示す断面図である。 図 1 2は、 第 3実施形態に係る画像形成装置の概略構成を示す断面図であり、 現像 器を装着する前の状態を表している。  FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the third embodiment. FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the third embodiment, and illustrates a state before a developing device is mounted.
図 1 3は、 第 4実施形態に係る画像形成装置の概略構成を示す断面図である。 図 1 4は、 第 4実施形態に係る画像形成装置の概略構成を示す断面図であり、 現像 器を装着する前の状態を表している。  FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a schematic configuration of an image forming apparatus according to the fourth embodiment, and illustrates a state before a developing device is mounted.
図 1 5は、 第 4実施形態に係る画像形成装置のプリントへッドを拡大して示す断面 図である。  FIG. 15 is an enlarged sectional view showing a print head of the image forming apparatus according to the fourth embodiment.
図 1 6は、 第 4実施形態に係る画像形成装置のプリントヘッドを拡大して示す断面 図であり、 現像器の装着途中の状態を表している。 発明を実施するための最良の形態  FIG. 16 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the print head of the image forming apparatus according to the fourth embodiment, showing a state in which the developing device is being mounted. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
以下、 本発明の実施の形態を図面に基づいて説明する。  Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
ぐ第 1実施形態 >  First embodiment>
まず、 図 1〜図 3を参照しながら、 本発明に係る画像形成装置の第 1実施形態を説 明する。  First, a first embodiment of an image forming apparatus according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
図 1に示すように、 本実施形態の画像形成装置は、 イエロ一、 マゼン夕、 シアン及 びブラヅクの 4色のプリントへッド 1 a〜 1 dを備え、 各プリントへッド 1 a〜 1 d から中間像ベルト 7に各色のトナーを順次噴射して当該中間像ベルト 7上に中間画像 を形成し、 この中間画像を記録用紙 5 0に転写することによりカラー画像を形成する 装置である。 As shown in FIG. 1, the image forming apparatus of this embodiment includes print heads 1a to 1d of four colors of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, and each print head 1a to 1d. 1 d This device forms an intermediate image on the intermediate image belt 7 by sequentially injecting toner of each color onto the intermediate image belt 7, and transfers the intermediate image to recording paper 50 to form a color image.
床面に載置された略直方体形状の本体ケース 3の内部には、 4つの筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dがー体的に形成されてなる単体の主筐体部材 2が設けられている。 この主筐体部 材 2は、 本体ケース 3に着脱自在に構成されている。 各筐体部材 2 a〜2 dは、 それ それ同一形状の筒状容器によって形成されている。 図 1および図 2に示すように、 筐 体部材 2 a〜2 dに対しては、 イエロ一、 マゼン夕、 シアンおよびブラックの 4色の トナー 8 a ~ 8 dをそれそれ収容した現像剤供給ユニット (以下、 現像器と称する) 5 a〜5 dが、 それそれ挿入および抜き取り自在に設けられている。  Inside the substantially rectangular parallelepiped main body case 3 placed on the floor surface, a single main housing member 2 in which four housing members 2 a to 2 d are integrally formed is provided. . The main housing member 2 is configured to be detachable from the main body case 3. Each of the housing members 2a to 2d is formed of a cylindrical container having the same shape. As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, for the housing members 2a to 2d, the developer supply containing the toners 8a to 8d of the four colors of yellow, magenta, cyan and black respectively is supplied. Units (hereinafter referred to as developing units) 5a to 5d are provided so as to be freely inserted and removed, respectively.
各プリントヘッド 1 a〜 1 dの構成は基本的に同様であるので、 ここでは、 図 3を 参照しながらプリントへッド 1 aの構成を詳細に説明し、 他のプリントへッド 1 b〜 I dの説明は省略する。 図 3に示すように、 プリントヘッド l aは、 右端部に現像器 挿入ロ6 0が設けられるとともに左端部に現像剤供給開口 1 0が形成された筐体部材 2 aと、 筐体部材 2 aの左側の外面に現像剤供給開口 1 0を覆うように配設された制 御板 4と、 筐体部材 2 a内に挿抜自在に装着された現像器 5 aとを備えている。 制御 板 4の左側には、 制御板 4との間に適当な間隔をあけて背面電極 6 aが配設されてい る。 中間像ベルト 7は、 背面電極 6 aと制御板 4との間を走行するように配設されて いる。  Since the configuration of each of the print heads 1a to 1d is basically the same, the configuration of the print head 1a will be described in detail with reference to FIG. The description of Id is omitted. As shown in FIG. 3, the print head la includes a housing member 2a having a developer insertion slot 60 provided at the right end and a developer supply opening 10 formed at the left end, and a housing member 2a. It has a control plate 4 disposed on the left outer surface so as to cover the developer supply opening 10, and a developing device 5a removably mounted in the housing member 2a. On the left side of the control plate 4, a back electrode 6a is disposed at an appropriate distance from the control plate 4. The intermediate image belt 7 is disposed so as to run between the back electrode 6a and the control plate 4.
現像器 5 aは、 現像剤であるトナー 8 aを収容する筒状の収容容器 9と、 収容容器 9の先端側 (図 3に示す左側) に設けられた担持ローラ 1 1とを備えている。 担持口 ーラ 1 1は、 収容容器 9内のトナー 8 aを担持しつつ、 後述の制御板 4のトナー通過 孔 2 3の近傍にまで搬送するものである。 担持ローラ 1 1は、 ローラの一部が収容容 器 9の先端から突出するように収容容器 9に取り付けられている。 これにより、 現像 器 5 aの装着時に、 担持ローラ 1 1の先端は現像剤供給開口 1 0に臨むように位置づ けられる。 また、 現像器 5 aの収容容器 9には、 担持ローラ 1 1上のトナー層が厚く ならないように規制する規制ブレード 1 2と、 収容容器 9内のトナー 8 aを攪拌して 摩擦帯電させてから担持ローラ 1 1に供給する供給ローラ 1 3とが設けられている。 担持ローラ 1 1は、 水平方向 (図 3の紙面の表裏方向) に延びる中心軸を有する円 筒または円柱形状に形成されている。担持ローラ 1 1の材料としては、アルミニウム、 鉄などの金属、 または合金等を好適に用いることができる。 本実施形態では、 外径が 2 O mm, 厚み 1 mmのアルミニウム製の円筒ローラを用いることとした。 The developing device 5a includes a cylindrical storage container 9 for storing the toner 8a as a developer, and a supporting roller 11 provided on a distal end side (the left side in FIG. 3) of the storage container 9. . The holding roller 11 holds the toner 8 a in the storage container 9 and conveys the toner 8 a to the vicinity of the toner passage hole 23 of the control plate 4 described later. The carrying roller 11 is attached to the container 9 so that a part of the roller protrudes from the tip of the container 9. Thereby, when the developing device 5a is mounted, the tip of the support roller 11 is positioned so as to face the developer supply opening 10. The container 9 of the developing device 5a has a regulating blade 12 for regulating the toner layer on the supporting roller 11 so as not to be thick, and the toner 8a in the container 9 by stirring. A supply roller 13 is provided for supplying to the support roller 11 after being charged by friction. The carrying roller 11 is formed in a cylindrical or columnar shape having a central axis extending in the horizontal direction (the direction of the front and back of the sheet of FIG. 3). As a material of the supporting roller 11, a metal such as aluminum or iron, an alloy, or the like can be preferably used. In the present embodiment, an aluminum cylindrical roller having an outer diameter of 2 O mm and a thickness of 1 mm is used.
規制ブレード 1 2は、 ウレタンなどの弾性部材にて構成され、 硬度は 4 0度から 8 0度 (J I S K 6 3 0 1 Aスケール) 、 自由端長 (取り付け部からはみ出した部分の 長さ) は 5 mn!〜 1 5 mm、 担持ローラ 1 1への線圧は 5 g/ c m〜4 0 g/ c mが 適当であり、担持ローラ 1 1上にトナー 8 aを 1〜 3層形成するものが特に好ましい。 供給ローラ 1 3は、 鉄などの金属軸 (本実施形態では直径 8 mmの金属軸) 上に発 泡ウレタンなどの合成ゴムが 2〜6 mm程度設けられてなり、 その硬度は 3 0度程度 (ローラ状に加工したものを J I S K 6 3 0 1 Aスケールの方法で測定) である。 こ の供給ローラ 1 3は、 トナ一 8 aの帯電を補助するほか、 トナー 8 aの供給をコント ロールするものである。 トナー 8 aの供給及び帯電を良好に行うために、 供給ローラ 1 3の担持ローラ 1 1への食い込み量は、 0 . 1 mm~ 2 mm程度が特に好ましい。 トナー 8 aは担持ローラ 1 1と規制ブレード 1 2との間に挟み込まれ、 ここで小さな 攪拌を受けて担持ローラ 1 1から電荷を受け取り帯電する。 本実施形態では、 トナー 8 aとして、 ― 1 0〃C/ gの負の電荷を持つような平均粒径 8〃mの非磁性体を用 いることとした。  The regulating blade 12 is made of an elastic member such as urethane, and has a hardness of 40 to 80 degrees (JISK 6301 A scale) and a free end length (length of a portion protruding from the mounting portion). 5 mn! An appropriate linear pressure on the carrying roller 11 is 5 g / cm to 40 g / cm, and a roller which forms one to three layers of the toner 8 a on the carrying roller 11 is particularly preferable. The supply roller 13 is provided with a synthetic rubber such as foamed urethane of about 2 to 6 mm on a metal shaft of iron or the like (in this embodiment, a metal shaft having a diameter of 8 mm), and has a hardness of about 30 degrees. (Measured using a JISK 6301 A scale method on a roller-shaped one). The supply roller 13 assists the charging of the toner 8a and controls the supply of the toner 8a. In order to satisfactorily supply and charge the toner 8a, the amount of the supply roller 13 biting into the support roller 11 is particularly preferably about 0.1 mm to 2 mm. The toner 8a is sandwiched between the carrying roller 11 and the regulating blade 12, where the toner 8a receives a small amount of agitation and receives electric charge from the carrying roller 11 to be charged. In this embodiment, a non-magnetic material having an average particle diameter of 8 μm having a negative charge of −10 ° C./g is used as the toner 8 a.
なお、 担持ローラ 1 1、 規制ブレード 1 2、 供給ローラ 1 3は、 電気的に接地され ていてもよく、 また、 直流または交流の電圧が印加されるようになっていてもよい。 また、 規制ブレード 1 2は電気的にフロート状態とされていてもよい。 本実施形態で は、 規制ブレード 1 2を電気的にフロート状態となるように構成した。  In addition, the carrying roller 11, the regulating blade 12, and the supply roller 13 may be electrically grounded, or may be configured to receive a DC or AC voltage. Further, the regulating blade 12 may be electrically floated. In the present embodiment, the regulating blade 12 is configured to be electrically floated.
担持ローラ 1 1の軸方向 (図 3の紙面の表裏方向) 両端の外側には、 背面電極 6 a に当接することによって担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6 aとの間の間隔を所定間隔に維 持する第 1のスぺ一サとして、 規制カラ一 1 4が設けられている。 この規制カラ一 1 4は、 担持ローラ 1 1と同心の円筒形状に形成されている。 規制カラ一 1 4は、 その 外周部が背面電極 6 aに当接し、 内周部が担持ローラ 1 1の外周部若しくは担持ロー ラ 1 1から両側に延出されたガイ ド軸 1 5の外周部に当接した状態で固定されている c そして、 この規制カラー 1 4によって、 背面電極 6 aと担持ローラ 1 1との間の間隔 は、 1 5 0〃π!〜 1 0 0 0〃mの所定間隔 (本実施形態では 3 5 0 i m) に設定され ている。 なお、 筐体部材 2 aの現像剤供給開口 1 0の両側 (図 3の紙面の表裏方向の 両端) には、 規制カラ一 1 4が貫通する開口部 (図示せず) が形成されている。 Axial direction of the carrying roller 11 (front and back sides of the paper surface in Fig. 3) Outside of both ends, the gap between the carrying roller 11 and the back electrode 6a is maintained at a predetermined distance by contacting the back electrode 6a. As the first spacer to be possessed, a regulatory collar 14 is provided. The regulating collar 14 is formed in a cylindrical shape concentric with the carrying roller 11. Regulations 1 to 4 The outer periphery is in contact with the back electrode 6a, and the inner periphery is fixed in contact with the outer periphery of the carrying roller 11 or the outer periphery of the guide shaft 15 extending to both sides from the carrying roller 11 C The distance between the back electrode 6a and the supporting roller 11 is set to 150 5π! The interval is set to a predetermined interval of up to 10000〃m (350 im in the present embodiment). An opening (not shown) through which the regulating collar 14 penetrates is formed on both sides of the developer supply opening 10 of the housing member 2a (both ends in the front and back directions of the paper of FIG. 3). .
担持ローラ 1 1の軸方向の両側には、 担持ローラ 1 1と同心のガイ ド軸 1 5が収容 容器 9の両端から突出するように設けられている。 筐体部材 2 aの両端壁 1 6には、 当該ガイ ド軸 1 5を案内するガイ ド溝 1 7が形成されている。 ガイ ド溝 1 7は、 ガイ ド軸 1 5を案内することにより、 担持ローラ 1 1を所定の装着位置 (記録位置) に案 内するものである。本実施形態では、ガイ ド溝 1 7は直線溝によって形成されている。 背面電極 6 aは、金属や樹脂材料中に導電フイラ一を分散して形成したものであり、 水平方向に延びる中心軸を有する円柱または円筒形状の電極ローラとなっている。 こ の背面電極 6 aは、 担持ローラ 1 1との間に、 トナー 8 aを背面電極 6 a側に吸引す る電界を形成するものである。 背面電極 6 aに印加する直流電圧は 5 0 0 V〜2 0 0 0 V程度が好ましく、 本実施形態では 1 0 0 0 Vの電圧を印加することとしている。 なお、 図 1に示すように、 各背面電極 6 a〜6 dは本体ケース 3内に配設され、 背面 電極 6 a〜 6 dの右側に主筐体部材 2が取外し可能に位置決め固定されている。  Guide shafts 15 concentric with the carrying roller 11 are provided on both sides of the carrying roller 11 in the axial direction so as to protrude from both ends of the container 9. Guide grooves 17 for guiding the guide shaft 15 are formed in both end walls 16 of the housing member 2a. The guide groove 17 guides the guide shaft 15 so that the carrying roller 11 is positioned at a predetermined mounting position (recording position). In the present embodiment, the guide groove 17 is formed by a straight groove. The back electrode 6a is formed by dispersing a conductive filler in a metal or resin material, and is a cylindrical or cylindrical electrode roller having a central axis extending in the horizontal direction. The back electrode 6a forms an electric field between the supporting roller 11 and the toner to attract the toner 8a to the back electrode 6a. The DC voltage applied to the back electrode 6a is preferably about 500 V to 2000 V, and in the present embodiment, a voltage of 100 V is applied. As shown in FIG. 1, the rear electrodes 6a to 6d are disposed in the main body case 3, and the main housing member 2 is removably positioned and fixed to the right of the rear electrodes 6a to 6d. I have.
筐体部材 2 aの現像剤供給開口 1 0側の一側部には、 制御板 4の一端部を固定する 固定部 1 9が形成され、 他側部には、 制御板 4の他端側を右方に向けて屈曲させるス テ一部 2 0が突出形成されている。 ステ一部 2 0は、 断面が略半円状に形成されてい る。 ステ一部 2 0の右側には、 ステ一部 2 0から所定間隔をあけて一対のばね掛け 2 1が設けられている。 前述したように、 筐体部材 2 aは他の筐体部材 2 b, 2 c, 2 dと一体となって本体ケース 3から着脱自在であるので、 筐体部材 2 aを本体ケース 3から取り外すことにより、 制御板 4のクリーニング作業を本体ケース 3の外部で実 行することができる。 したがって、 制御板 4のクリーニング作業は容易に行われるこ とになる。 また、 筐体部材 2 aを本体ケース 3に装着する際に、 制御板 4は背面電極 6 aに対して所定の位置に自動的に位置決めされることになる。 A fixing portion 19 for fixing one end of the control plate 4 is formed on one side of the developer supply opening 10 side of the housing member 2a, and the other end of the control plate 4 is formed on the other side. A part of the stay 20 is formed to bend rightward to the right. The stay part 20 has a substantially semicircular cross section. On the right side of the stay part 20, a pair of spring hooks 21 are provided at a predetermined interval from the stay part 20. As described above, since the housing member 2a is detachable from the main body case 3 integrally with the other housing members 2b, 2c, and 2d, the housing member 2a is removed from the main body case 3. Thus, the cleaning operation of the control plate 4 can be performed outside the main body case 3. Therefore, the cleaning operation of the control plate 4 is easily performed. When mounting the housing member 2a to the main body case 3, the control plate 4 It will be automatically positioned at a predetermined position with respect to 6a.
図 4に示すように、 制御板 4は、 シート状の絶縁基材 2 2と、 複数の画像信号電極 As shown in FIG. 4, the control plate 4 includes a sheet-like insulating base material 22 and a plurality of image signal electrodes.
3 9とを備えている。 絶縁基材 2 2には、 中間像ベルト 7 (図 3参照) の幅方向に沿 つて所定の間隔で並ぶ多数のトナー通過孔 2 3が穿孔されており、 1列又は複数列の トナー通過孔列 2 4が形成されている。画像信号電極 3 9は、絶縁基材 2 2の表面(担 持ローラ 1 1に対向する面) において各トナー通過孔 2 3を取り囲むようにリング状 に形成されている。一方、絶縁基材 2 2の裏面(中間像ベルト 7に対向する面)には、 各トナー通過孔 2 3及び画像信号電極 3 9に対応する部分のみが空隙となるように形 成された絞り電極 4 0が設けられている。 3 and 9 are provided. A large number of toner passage holes 23 are formed in the insulating base material 22 at predetermined intervals along the width direction of the intermediate image belt 7 (see FIG. 3). Columns 24 are formed. The image signal electrode 39 is formed in a ring shape on the surface of the insulating base material 22 (the surface facing the carrying roller 11) so as to surround each toner passage hole 23. On the other hand, on the back surface of the insulating base material 22 (the surface facing the intermediate image belt 7), an aperture formed so that only the portions corresponding to the toner passage holes 23 and the image signal electrodes 39 are voids. An electrode 40 is provided.
なお、 絶縁基材 2 2は、 ポリイミド、 ポリエチレンテレフ夕レートなどの材料で形 成することが好ましく、 厚さは 1 !〜 1 0 0 z mが好ましい。 なお、 本実施形態 では、 絶縁基材 2 2には厚さ 5 0 /mのポリイミドを用い、 トナー通過孔 2 3の直径 は 1 4 5〃 mとした。 画像信号電極 3 9は、 厚みが 5〃m〜 3 0〃m程度の銅などの 金属箔からなり、内径が 1 5 0〃m、外径が 2 5 0〃mのリング状に形成されている。 絞り電極 4 0の空隙部は、内径が 2 5 0〃mの円形状に形成されている。各電極 3 9, The insulating substrate 22 is preferably made of a material such as polyimide or polyethylene terephthalate, and has a thickness of 1! ~ 100zm is preferred. In the present embodiment, the insulating base material 22 is made of polyimide having a thickness of 50 / m, and the diameter of the toner passage hole 23 is set to 145 m. The image signal electrode 39 is made of a metal foil such as copper having a thickness of about 5 to 30 μm, and is formed in a ring shape having an inner diameter of 150 μm and an outer diameter of 250 μm. I have. The gap of the aperture electrode 40 is formed in a circular shape having an inner diameter of 250 m. Each electrode 39,
4 0の表面には、 厚さ l /m〜l 0〃mの薄い樹脂層からなる絶縁層 4 1が設けられ ている。 画像信号電極 3 9は、 リード線 3 9 aを通して、 画像信号電極 3 9に画像信 号を供給する画像信号出力部 (図示せず) に各々独立に接続されている。 画像信号電 極 3 9へは、 4 0 0 V以下の電圧が印加されることが好ましい。 本実施形態では、 中 間像ベルト 7にトナーを噴射する画像信号電極には 3 0 0 Vの電圧が印加され、 トナ —を噴射しない画像信号電極へは— 1 0 0 Vの電圧が印加される。 An insulating layer 41 made of a thin resin layer having a thickness of l / m to 10〃m is provided on the surface of 40. The image signal electrodes 39 are independently connected to image signal output units (not shown) for supplying image signals to the image signal electrodes 39 via the lead wires 39a. It is preferable that a voltage of 400 V or less is applied to the image signal electrode 39. In the present embodiment, a voltage of 300 V is applied to an image signal electrode that ejects toner to the intermediate image belt 7, and a voltage of −100 V is applied to an image signal electrode that does not eject toner. You.
図 3に示すように、 制御板 4の一端側は、 固定ねじ 2 5にて筐体部材 2 aの固定部 1 9に固定されている。制御板 4の他端側は、ステ一部 2 0でいつたん屈曲された後、 その先端部が引張ばね 2 6を介してばね掛け 2 1に係止されている。 これにより、 制 御板 4に反りゃ撓みが生じないよう、 制御板 4には引張張力が作用することになる。 また、 制御板 4には、 トナー通過孔列 2 4より担持ローラ 1 1の回転方向上手側の 内面に、第 2のスぺーサとしてスぺ一サ 2 7が装着されている。このスぺ一サ 2 7は、 担持ローラ 1 1 (厳密には、 担持ローラ 1 1上のトナー層) と制御板 4との間に所定 の間隔を設けるためのものである。 これにより、 現像器 5 aが筐体部材 2 aに装着さ れると、 規制カラー 1 4が背面電極 6 aに当接して担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6 aと の間の間隔が所定間隔に設定されるとともに、 担持ローラ 1 1の外周面がスぺーサ 2 7に当接する。 この際、 担持ローラ 1 1からスぺーサ 2 7へ押圧力が作用し、 制御板 4の端部に懸架された引張ばね 2 6が伸び、 この結果、 この引張ばね 2 6の張力が制 御板 4に伝わり、 制御板 4は全幅にわたってスぺ一サ 2 7を介して担持ローラ 1 1に 密着する。 そして、 このスぺ一サ 2 7によって、 担持ローラ 1 1上のトナー層と制御 板 4との間の間隔は、 0〜2 0 0 zmの範囲の所定間隔に自動的に設定される。なお、 本実施形態では、 この間隔は 5 0〃 mに設定されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, one end of the control plate 4 is fixed to a fixing portion 19 of the housing member 2a with fixing screws 25. The other end of the control plate 4 is temporarily bent by the stay part 20, and the tip is locked to a spring hook 21 via a tension spring 26. As a result, a tensile tension acts on the control plate 4 so that the control plate 4 does not warp or bend. Further, the control plate 4 is provided with a spacer 27 as a second spacer on the inner surface on the upper side in the rotation direction of the supporting roller 11 from the toner passage hole array 24. This speaker 2 7 This is for providing a predetermined interval between the carrying roller 11 (strictly speaking, the toner layer on the carrying roller 11) and the control plate 4. As a result, when the developing device 5a is mounted on the housing member 2a, the regulating collar 14 comes into contact with the back electrode 6a, and the distance between the carrying roller 11 and the back electrode 6a becomes a predetermined distance. At the same time, the outer peripheral surface of the carrying roller 11 comes into contact with the spacer 27. At this time, a pressing force acts on the spacer 27 from the carrying roller 11, and the tension spring 26 suspended at the end of the control plate 4 expands. As a result, the tension of the tension spring 26 is controlled. The control plate 4 is transmitted to the plate 4 and is brought into close contact with the carrying roller 11 via the spacer 27 over the entire width. The gap between the toner layer on the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 is automatically set to a predetermined interval in the range of 0 to 200 zm by the spacer 27. In the present embodiment, this interval is set to 50 m.
上記の固定方法により、 制御板 4は、 現像器 5 aを筐体部材 2 aに装着した状態で 高精度に位置決め固定されている。 つまり、 トナー通過孔列 2 4は担持ローラ 1 1の 軸心と平行になるとともに、 卜ナ一通過孔列 2 4が複数列ある場合には、 通過孔列 2 4同士は高精度に平行に並列することになる。  According to the fixing method described above, the control plate 4 is positioned and fixed with high accuracy in a state where the developing device 5a is mounted on the housing member 2a. That is, the toner passage hole array 24 is parallel to the axis of the carrying roller 11, and when there are a plurality of toner passage hole arrays 24, the passage hole arrays 24 are precisely parallel to each other. Will be in parallel.
図 1に示すように、 本体ケース 3の内部には、 各筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dに装着された 制御板 4と背面電極 6 a〜 6 dとの間を順次走行するように、 無端状の中間像ベルト 7が配設されている。 なお、 2 9および 3 0は中間像ベルト 7が卷回された一対のベ ルトローラである。 筐体部材 2 a〜2 dよりもベルト走行方向の下流側に位置するべ ルトローラ 2 9に対しては、 中間像ベルト 7の表面に形成されたトナー画像を記録紙 5 0に転写する転写ローラ 3 1が、 当該ベルトローラ 2 9に対向するように配設され ている。  As shown in FIG. 1, the inside of the main body case 3 is endless so as to run sequentially between the control plate 4 mounted on each of the housing members 2a to 2d and the back electrodes 6a to 6d. A belt-shaped intermediate image belt 7 is provided. Reference numerals 29 and 30 denote a pair of belt rollers around which the intermediate image belt 7 is wound. A transfer roller for transferring the toner image formed on the surface of the intermediate image belt 7 to the recording paper 50 is provided for the belt roller 29 located downstream of the housing members 2 a to 2 d in the belt traveling direction. 31 is disposed so as to face the belt roller 29.
各プリントへッド 1 a〜 1 dの背面電極 6 a〜6 dは、 ベルトローラ 2 9とベルト ローラ 3 0との間において、 主筐体部材 2側に膨出するように山なりに配列されてい る。 つまり、 両端に位置する背面電極 6 a, 6 dを除く他の背面電極 6 b , 6 cは、 隣合う背面電極のベルト当接部同士を結ぶ仮想線よりも中間像ベルト 7側に突出する ように配置されている。 具体的には、 例えば図 5に模式的に示すように、 背面電極 6 bの当接部 7 0 bは、 背面電極 6 aの当接部 7 0 aと背面電極 6 cの当接部 7 0 cと を結ぶ仮想線 7 1よりも中間像ベルト 7側に突出している。 The back electrodes 6a to 6d of the print heads 1a to 1d are arranged in a ridge between the belt roller 29 and the belt roller 30 so as to swell toward the main housing member 2. It has been done. That is, the back electrodes 6 b and 6 c other than the back electrodes 6 a and 6 d located at both ends protrude more toward the intermediate image belt 7 than the imaginary line connecting the belt contact portions of the adjacent back electrodes. Are arranged as follows. Specifically, for example, as schematically shown in FIG. 5, the contact portion 70b of the back electrode 6b is formed by a contact portion 70a of the back electrode 6a and a contact portion 7a of the back electrode 6c. 0 c and Projecting from the imaginary line 71 connecting the intermediate image belt 7 side.
そして、 背面電極 6 a〜6 dが上述のように配列されていることにより、 各背面電 極 6 a〜6 dは、 中間像ベルト 7の裏面と所定の巻き付け角 6>を有するように当接し ている。 これにより、 中間像ペルト 7と背面電極 6 a〜 6 dとの接触面積は大きく確 保されている。そのため、背面電極 6 a〜 6 dの軸方向にずれが生じていたとしても、 また、 制御板 4のトナー通過孔 2 3に多少の誤差があつたとしても、 トナー通過孔 2 3は常に中間像ペルト 7の背面電極 6 a〜 6 dとの接触部分に臨むことになる。特に、 本実施形態では、 現像器 5 a〜5 dおよび主筐体部材 2の着脱が自在な着脱構造を有 しているので、 背面電極 6 a〜6 dの配列態様に何らの工夫も施さなければ、 各現像 器 5 a〜5 dのトナー通過孔 2 3の位置はずれやすくなり、 その結果、 トナー通過孔 2 3と中間像ペルト 7との間隔は不均一になりやすい。 しかし、 本実施形態では、 背 面電極 6 a〜 6 dを上述のように配列しているので、 装着の際にトナー通過孔 2 3の 位置が多少ずれたとしても、 トナー通過孔 2 3と中間像ベルト 7との間の間隔は所定 間隔に保たれる。 また、 背面電極 6 a〜 6 dの軸方向にずれが生じていたとしても、 あるいは背面電極 6 a〜6 dや中間像ベルト 7等に若干の製作誤差等があつたとして も、 トナー通過孔 2 3と中間像ベルト 7との間の間隔は所定間隔に保たれる。  The rear electrodes 6a to 6d are arranged as described above, so that each of the rear electrodes 6a to 6d has a predetermined winding angle 6> with the rear surface of the intermediate image belt 7. In contact. Thereby, a large contact area between the intermediate image pelt 7 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d is ensured. Therefore, even if the rear electrodes 6a to 6d are displaced in the axial direction, and even if there is some error in the toner passage hole 23 of the control plate 4, the toner passage hole 23 is always in the middle. It will be in contact with the back electrode 6 a to 6 d of the image pelt 7. In particular, in the present embodiment, the developing devices 5a to 5d and the main housing member 2 have a detachable structure in which the rear electrodes 6a to 6d can be freely attached and detached. If not, the positions of the toner passage holes 23 of the respective developing devices 5a to 5d are likely to shift, and as a result, the distance between the toner passage holes 23 and the intermediate image pelt 7 tends to be uneven. However, in the present embodiment, since the back electrodes 6a to 6d are arranged as described above, even if the position of the toner passage holes 23 is slightly shifted during mounting, the toner passage holes 23 and The interval between the intermediate image belt 7 and the intermediate image belt 7 is maintained at a predetermined interval. Even if the rear electrodes 6a to 6d are displaced in the axial direction, or if there are slight manufacturing errors in the rear electrodes 6a to 6d, the intermediate image belt 7, etc., the toner passage holes The interval between 23 and the intermediate image belt 7 is kept at a predetermined interval.
なお、 巻き付け角 0の値は、 背面電極 6 a〜 6 dが中間像ベルト 7と確実に接触状 態を保つように、 2 ° 以上が好ましい。 一方、 装置の小型化の観点からは巻き付け角 0は小さい方が好ましく、 例えば、 その値は 9 0 ° 以内が好ましい。 そこで、 巻き付 け角 0の値は 2 ° 〜9 0 ° が好ましく、 2 ° 〜1 5 ° が特に好ましく、 2 ° 〜6 ° が より一層好ましい。 本実施形態では、 巻き付け角 0は 3 ° とした。  The value of the wrap angle 0 is preferably 2 ° or more so that the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d can reliably maintain the state of contact with the intermediate image belt 7. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of miniaturization of the device, the winding angle 0 is preferably smaller, for example, the value is preferably 90 ° or less. Therefore, the value of the winding angle 0 is preferably 2 ° to 90 °, particularly preferably 2 ° to 15 °, and further preferably 2 ° to 6 °. In the present embodiment, the winding angle 0 is 3 °.
図 6に示すように、 例えば、 背面電極 6 a〜6 dの外径が 2 0 mm、 軸方向の長さ が 3 0 c mのときに、 制御板 4のトナー通過孔列 2 4の両端部の位置ずれは一般的に それそれ ± 0 . 1 mm程度となり、 対向して配設される制御板 4の背面電極 6に対す る位置合わせ精度は、 背面電極 6の円周角で表すと ± 0 . 6 ° の角度に相当する。 そ のため、 ± 0 . 6 ° よりも余裕を持たせるように、 上述のように中間像ベルト 7の卷 き付け角 0を ± 1 ° すなわち 2 ° 以上とした。 このことにより、 トナー通過孔列 2 4 に多少の位置ずれがあつたとしても、 背面電極 6 a〜 6 dと中間像ベルト 7とが接触 している範囲内でトナー通過孔列 2 4と中間像ベルト 7とが対向するために、 両者の 空間距離 (すなわちヘッド間隔) を所定の距離に保つことができる。 As shown in FIG. 6, for example, when the outer diameter of the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d is 20 mm and the length in the axial direction is 30 cm, both ends of the toner passage hole array 24 of the control plate 4 are In general, the positional deviation of each of them is about ± 0.1 mm, and the positioning accuracy of the control plate 4 opposed to the rear electrode 6 is expressed by the circumferential angle of the rear electrode 6. Equivalent to an angle of 0.6 °. For this reason, the winding angle 0 of the intermediate image belt 7 is set to ± 1 °, that is, 2 ° or more, as described above, so as to allow a margin of more than ± 0.6 °. As a result, the toner passage hole array 2 4 Even if there is some misalignment, the toner passage hole array 24 and the intermediate image belt 7 face each other within the range where the back electrodes 6a to 6d and the intermediate image belt 7 are in contact with each other. The spatial distance between them (that is, the head interval) can be maintained at a predetermined distance.
図 1に示すように、 背面電極 6 a〜 6 dの上記配列に伴って、 各プリントヘッド 1 a〜 1 dの筐体部材 2 a〜2 dは、 略放射状に配置されている。 担持ローラ 1 1、 制 御板 4、 中間像ベルト 7及び背面電極 6 a〜 6 dの位置関係は、 すべてのプリントへ ッド 1 a〜 1 dにおいて同一になっている。 筐体部材 2 a〜 2 d及び制御板 4は、 背 面電極 6 a〜6 dと担持ローラ 1 1との各中心を結ぶ仮想線 Lに対して、上下対称(固 定部等を除く) の構成を有している。 各筐体部材 2 a〜2 dのガイ ド溝 1 7は、 それ それ前記仮想線 Lに対して平行であり、 現像器 5 a ~ 5 dは仮想線 Lと平行な方向に 挿抜されることにより着脱されることになる。 従って、 担持ローラ 1 1は仮想線 と 平行に各背面電極 6 a〜6 dの中心に向かって案内されるため、 担持ローラ 1 1を径 方向に移動させるとそれに追従して円周方向の位置もずれてしまうといった事態を回 避することができる。 つまり、 担持ローラ 1 1の各背面電極 6 a〜 6 dに対する径方 向の位置決めと円周方向の位置決めとが互いに影響を与えることはない。  As shown in FIG. 1, with the arrangement of the back electrodes 6a to 6d, the housing members 2a to 2d of the print heads 1a to 1d are arranged substantially radially. The positional relationship among the carrying roller 11, the control plate 4, the intermediate image belt 7, and the back electrodes 6a to 6d is the same for all the print heads 1a to 1d. The housing members 2 a to 2 d and the control plate 4 are vertically symmetrical with respect to an imaginary line L connecting the centers of the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d and the carrying roller 11 (excluding fixed parts and the like). It has the configuration of The guide grooves 17 of each of the housing members 2a to 2d are respectively parallel to the virtual line L, and the developing devices 5a to 5d are inserted and removed in a direction parallel to the virtual line L. Will be attached and detached. Therefore, since the carrying roller 11 is guided toward the center of each of the back electrodes 6a to 6d in parallel with the imaginary line, when the carrying roller 11 is moved in the radial direction, the position in the circumferential direction follows the movement. It is possible to avoid a situation where the position is shifted. That is, the radial positioning and the circumferential positioning of the carrying roller 11 with respect to each of the back electrodes 6a to 6d do not affect each other.
このように本実施形態においては、 各プリントヘッド 1 a〜 1 dの背面電極 6 a〜 6 dの巻き付け角 0は 3 ° (仮想線 Lに対して ± 1 . 5 ° ) であり、 かつ、 最下段に 位置するブラック色の現像器 5 dでは仮想線 Lが水平であるため、シアン、マゼン夕、 イエロ一の各現像器 5 a、 5 b、 5 dの仮想線 L (すなわち各現像器の挿抜方向)は、 水平線に対して各々 3 ° 、 6 ° 、 9 ° となる。  As described above, in the present embodiment, the winding angle 0 of the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d of each of the print heads 1 a to 1 d is 3 ° (± 1.5 ° with respect to the virtual line L), and Since the virtual line L is horizontal in the black developing unit 5d located at the bottom, the virtual lines L of the cyan, magenta, and yellow developing units 5a, 5b, and 5d (that is, each developing unit Are 3 °, 6 °, and 9 ° respectively with respect to the horizontal line.
本体ケース 3の下端部には、 揷脱自在に形成された給紙トレイ 4 9が設けられてお り、 この給紙トレイ 4 9の内部に記録紙 5 0が積層されて収容されている。 5 1は記 録紙 5 0を搬送する給紙ローラであり、 5 2および 5 3は記録紙 5 0を案内する給紙 ガイ ドおよび搬送ガイ ドである。 5 4は記録紙 5 0に転写されたトナー画像を熱圧着 により定着する定着ローラである。 5 5は排紙ローラ、 5 6は排紙トレイである。 な お、 3 7 aは本体ケース 3の上面に配設された操作部である。  At the lower end of the main body case 3, a detachable paper feed tray 49 is provided, and inside this paper feed tray 49, recording paper 50 is stacked and accommodated. 51 is a paper feed roller for transporting the recording paper 50, and 52 and 53 are a paper feed guide and a transport guide for guiding the recording paper 50. A fixing roller 54 fixes the toner image transferred to the recording paper 50 by thermocompression. 55 is a paper discharge roller and 56 is a paper discharge tray. Reference numeral 37a denotes an operation unit disposed on the upper surface of the main body case 3.
図 1、 図 2及び図 4に示すように、 本体ケース 3の右壁部は開閉自在に形成された 蓋体 3 6となっている。 また、 蓋体 3 6には、 各現像器 5 a ~ 5 dを制御板 4側に押 圧するばね部材 2 9 a設けられている。 これにより、 各現像器 5 a〜 5 dが各筐体部 材 2 a〜 2 dに装着された際、 各現像器 5 a〜5 dはばね部材 2 9 aから左向きの押 圧力を受け、 規制カラ一 1 4と背面電極 6 a〜6 d、 及び担持ローラ 1 1とスぺーサ 2 7が互いに密着する。 そのため、 これら構成要素 6, 1 1 , 1 4 , 2 7に多少の寸 法誤差があつたとしても、 各プリントへッド 1 a〜 1 dにおける担持ローラ 1 1と制 御板 4と中間像ベルト 7と背面電極 6 a〜 6 dとの位置関係は、 所定の位置関係に高 精度に保たれる。 As shown in Fig. 1, Fig. 2 and Fig. 4, the right wall of the main body case 3 was formed to be openable and closable. The lid is 36. Further, the lid 36 is provided with a spring member 29 a for pressing each of the developing devices 5 a to 5 d toward the control plate 4. As a result, when each of the developing devices 5a to 5d is mounted on each of the housing members 2a to 2d, each of the developing devices 5a to 5d receives a leftward pressing force from the spring member 29a. The regulating collar 14 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d, and the supporting roller 11 and the spacer 27 are in close contact with each other. Therefore, even if these components 6, 11, 14, and 27 have some dimensional errors, the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 and the intermediate image in each print head 1a to 1d The positional relationship between the belt 7 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d is kept at a predetermined positional relationship with high accuracy.
上の構成の画像形成装置において、 現像器 5 a〜5 dを装着する際の動作と画像 形成時の動作について説明する。  An operation when the developing devices 5a to 5d are mounted in the image forming apparatus having the above configuration and an operation during image formation will be described.
まず、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dを装着する際の動作について説明する。 現像器 5 a〜5 d を筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dに装着する際には、 ガイ ド軸 1 5をガイ ド溝 1 7に係合させた 状態で、 現像器 5 a〜5 dを左方向にスライ ドさせる。 そして、 規制カラ一 1 4が背 面電極 6 a〜6 dに当接するまで現像器 5 a〜5 dをスライ ドさせることにより、 現 像器 5 a〜 5 dは筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dの所定の位置 (以降、 記録位置という) にセヅ 卜される。 このとき、 図 1に示すように、 本体ケース 3の蓋体 3 6に設けたばね部材 2 9 aによって、 各現像器 5 a〜 5 dに左方向への所定の押圧力が付与され、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dは前記記録位置に保持される。 また、 ガイ ド軸 1 5とガイ ド溝 1 7との係 合により、 担持ローラ 1 1の中心軸と制御板 4のトナー通過孔列 2 4とが互いに平行 となるように位置決めされる。 また、 規制カラ一 1 4が背面電極 6 a〜6 dに当接す ることによって、 担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6 a〜 6 dとの間の間隔が所定値になる ように高精度に設定される。 また、 それと同時に担持ローラ 1 1がスぺ一サ 2 7を介 して制御板 4に当接し、 制御板 4は引張ばね 2 6の付勢力に抗して押圧変位する。 そ して、 スぺ一サ 2 7によって、 担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4との間の間隔は、 所定値に なるように高精度に設定される。  First, the operation when the developing units 5a to 5d are mounted will be described. When attaching the developing units 5a to 5d to the housing members 2a to 2d, the developing units 5a to 5d are engaged while the guide shaft 15 is engaged with the guide grooves 17. Slide to the left. The developing devices 5a to 5d are slid until the regulating collars 14 contact the back electrodes 6a to 6d, so that the developing devices 5a to 5d are formed of the housing members 2a to 2d. It is set at a predetermined position d (hereinafter referred to as a recording position). At this time, as shown in FIG. 1, a predetermined pressing force to the left is applied to each of the developing devices 5 a to 5 d by a spring member 29 a provided on the lid 36 of the main body case 3. 5a to 5d are held at the recording positions. Further, the guide shaft 15 and the guide groove 17 are engaged so that the center axis of the carrying roller 11 and the toner passage hole array 24 of the control plate 4 are positioned so as to be parallel to each other. In addition, the regulating collar 14 is brought into contact with the back electrodes 6a to 6d, so that the distance between the carrying roller 11 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d can be adjusted with high precision so that the distance becomes a predetermined value. Is set. At the same time, the carrying roller 11 comes into contact with the control plate 4 via the spacer 27, and the control plate 4 is pressed and displaced against the urging force of the tension spring 26. Then, the distance between the support roller 11 and the control plate 4 is set with high accuracy by the spacer 27 so as to be a predetermined value.
次に、 画像形成動作について説明する。 外部からの画像信号に基づいて制御板 4の 所定の画像信号電極 3 9に対し所定電圧が印加されると、 担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6 a〜 6 dとの間の電界が強められ、 あるいは担持ローラ 1 1と画像信号電極 3 9と の間に加速電界が形成される。 そして、 これらの電界により直接あるいは間接的に、 担持ローラ 1 1上のトナー 8 a〜8 dは背面電極 6 a〜6 d側に引っ張られ、 担持口 ーラ 1 1から飛翔する。 飛翔したトナー 8 a〜8 dは、 制御板 4のトナー通過孔 2 3 を通過し、 中間像ベルト 7に着弾する。 一方、 画像信号電極 3 9に所定値以下の電圧 を印加すると、 担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6 a〜6 dの間に形成される電界は弱めら れ、 トナー 8 a〜8 dは中間像ベルト 7に着弾しなくなる。 こうして、 着弾したトナ —8 a〜8 dによって中間像ベルト 7上にトナー画像が形成される。 各色の現像器 5 a〜5 dがこのような記録動作を順次行うことにより、イエロ一、マゼン夕、シアン、 ブラックの各色のトナー 8 a〜8 dを組み合わせたカラー画像が中間像ベルト 7上に 形成される。 Next, the image forming operation will be described. When a predetermined voltage is applied to a predetermined image signal electrode 39 of the control plate 4 based on an external image signal, the carrier roller 11 and the back electrode The electric field between 6a to 6d is strengthened, or an accelerating electric field is formed between the carrier roller 11 and the image signal electrode 39. Then, directly or indirectly by these electric fields, the toners 8 a to 8 d on the supporting roller 11 are pulled toward the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d and fly from the supporting roller 11. The flying toners 8 a to 8 d pass through the toner passage holes 23 of the control plate 4 and land on the intermediate image belt 7. On the other hand, when a voltage equal to or less than a predetermined value is applied to the image signal electrode 39, the electric field formed between the carrying roller 11 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d is weakened, and the toner 8a to 8d becomes an intermediate image. Stops landing on belt 7. Thus, a toner image is formed on the intermediate image belt 7 by the landed toners 8a to 8d. The developing units 5a to 5d for each color sequentially perform such a recording operation, so that a color image combining toners 8a to 8d of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black is formed on the intermediate image belt 7. Is formed.
給紙トレイ 4 9内の記録紙 5 0は、 給紙ローラ 5 1によって 1枚づっ取り出された 後、 給紙ガイ ド 5 2によって転写ローラ 3 1に供給される。 そして、 この転写ローラ After the recording paper 50 in the paper feed tray 49 is taken out one by one by the paper feed roller 51, it is supplied to the transfer roller 31 by the paper feed guide 52. And this transfer roller
3 1によって、 中間像ペルト 7上の中間画像が記録紙 5 0に転写される。 中間画像を 転写された記録紙 5 0は、 搬送ガイ ド 5 3を通って定着ローラ 5 4に供給される。 そ して、 この記録紙 5 0は、 定着ローラ 5 4によってトナー画像の定着が行われた後、 排紙ローラ 5 5によって排紙トレイ 5 6上に排出される。 According to 31, the intermediate image on the intermediate image pelt 7 is transferred to the recording paper 50. The recording paper 50 to which the intermediate image has been transferred is supplied to the fixing roller 54 through the conveyance guide 53. Then, the recording paper 50 is discharged onto the discharge tray 56 by the discharge roller 55 after the toner image is fixed by the fixing roller 54.
以上のように、 本実施形態によれば、 筐体部材 2 a〜2 dに対して現像器 5 a〜5 dを装着するだけで、 担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4のトナー通過孔列 2 4と背面電極 6 a〜6 dとを平行にかつ何れの方向にも高精度に位置決めできるとともに、 それらの 間の間隔を所定間隔に高精度に設定できるため、 高品質の画像を形成することができ る。  As described above, according to the present embodiment, by simply attaching the developing devices 5a to 5d to the housing members 2a to 2d, the carrier roller 11 and the toner passage hole array 2 of the control plate 4 4 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d can be positioned in parallel and in any direction with high accuracy, and the interval between them can be set with high accuracy at a predetermined interval, so that high-quality images can be formed. Can be done.
また、 現像器 5 a〜5 dに規制カラー 1 4を設けたことにより、 現像器 5 a〜5 d を筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dに挿入する際に規制カラ一 1 4を背面電極 6 a ~ 6 dに当接さ せるだけで、 担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6 a〜 6 dとの間の間隔を所定間隔に高精度 に設定することができる。 また、 筐体部材 2 a〜2 dなどに微小なねじれや反りがあ つた場合等においても、 その影響を大きく受けることはない。 そのため、 担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6 a〜6 dとの間隔を、 各々の現像器 5 a〜 5 d毎に高精度に規制す ることができる。 Also, by providing the regulating collar 14 on the developing devices 5a to 5d, the regulating collar 14 is attached to the rear electrode 6 when the developing devices 5a to 5d are inserted into the housing members 2a to 2d. By simply abutting the support rollers a to d, the distance between the support roller 11 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d can be set to a predetermined distance with high accuracy. Also, even when the housing members 2a to 2d are slightly twisted or warped, the influence is not greatly affected. Therefore, the carrying roller The distance between 11 and the back electrodes 6a to 6d can be regulated with high precision for each of the developing devices 5a to 5d.
また、 制御板 4の内側にスぺ一サ 2 7を設けることとしたので、 現像器 5 a〜5 d を装着した際に、 制御板 4はスベーサ 2 7を介して担持ローラ 1 1に当接する。 これ により、 制御板 4は引張ばね 2 6の引張力を受けるとともに担持ローラ 1 1の押圧力 を受けて中間像ペルト 7側に変位し、 担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4との間隔を所定間隔 に高精度に設定することができる。  In addition, since the spacer 27 is provided inside the control plate 4, when the developing units 5a to 5d are mounted, the control plate 4 contacts the supporting roller 11 via the spacer 27. Touch As a result, the control plate 4 receives the tensile force of the tension spring 26 and receives the pressing force of the carrying roller 11 to be displaced toward the intermediate image pelt 7 so that the distance between the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 becomes a predetermined distance. Can be set with high precision.
また、背面電極 6 a〜 6 dは、隣接する背面電極 6 a〜 6 d又はベルトローラ 2 9、 3 0の当接部を結ぶ仮想線 7 1に対し、 その一部が突出するような位置関係に配設さ れている。 そのため、 全ての背面電極 6 a〜 6 dにおいて中間像ベルト 7は一定の巻 き付け角度 6>を有して懸架され、 中間像ベルト 7を全ての背面電極 6 a〜 6 dに確実 に密着した状態で安定して走行させることができる。  Also, the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d are positioned such that a part of the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d projects with respect to the imaginary line 71 connecting the abutting portions of the adjacent back electrodes 6 a to 6 d or the belt rollers 29 and 30. Arranged in a relationship. Therefore, the intermediate image belt 7 is suspended at a constant wrap angle 6> on all the back electrodes 6a to 6d, and the intermediate image belt 7 is securely adhered to all the back electrodes 6a to 6d. It can be run stably in the state where it was done.
さらに、 制御板 4のトナー通過孔 2 3は、 背面電極 6 a〜 6 dの前記巻き付け角 Θ の範囲内の位置に対向するため、 中間像ベルト 7における背面電極 6 a〜6 dとの接 触部分に臨むことになる。 そのため、 走行に伴って中間像ペルト 7が背面電極 6 a〜 6 dから浮いた状態になることはなく、 担持ローラ 1 1と中間像ベルト 7との間の間 隔を中間像ベルト 7の走行状態によらず安定化することができる。  Further, since the toner passage hole 23 of the control plate 4 faces the position of the back electrodes 6a to 6d within the range of the winding angle Θ, the contact with the back electrodes 6a to 6d of the intermediate image belt 7 is made. You will face the touching part. Therefore, the intermediate image pelt 7 does not float from the back electrodes 6a to 6d as the vehicle travels, and the intermediate image belt 7 travels between the carrier roller 11 and the intermediate image belt 7. It can be stabilized regardless of the state.
以上により、 複数の現像器 5 a〜 5 dの全てにおいて制御板 4と中間像ベルト 7と の間の間隔 (へヅド間隔) を安定化することができるので、 複数の現像器 5 a〜5 d の記録条件を均一化することができる。 従って、 カラ一バランスに優れた高品質な力 ラ一画像を形成することができる。  As described above, the interval (head interval) between the control plate 4 and the intermediate image belt 7 can be stabilized in all of the plurality of developing devices 5a to 5d. 5d recording conditions can be made uniform. Therefore, a high-quality color image excellent in color balance can be formed.
また、 本実施形態では、 本体ケース 3内において最下段に位置する現像器 5 dの挿 抜方向を水平方向とする一方、 他の現像器 5 c〜5 aの挿抜方向を水平方向から徐々 に傾斜角度が大きくなるように傾けていき、 全体として複数の現像器 5 a〜5 dの挿 抜方向を略放射状にした。そのため、使用者が本体ケース 3の前部上方または前方(図 1の右方) から現像器 5 a〜 5 dの挿入または取り外しを行うことができ、 比較的容 易に現像器 5 a〜5 dを脱着することができる。 また、 本実施形態では、 複数の現像器 5 a〜5 dを同一の形状にて構成することが できるので、 収容容器 9等を樹脂成形にて製作する場合の金型費など、 製造コストを 大幅に削減することができる。 Further, in the present embodiment, while the direction of insertion and removal of the developing device 5d located at the lowest stage in the main body case 3 is set to the horizontal direction, the direction of insertion and removal of the other developing devices 5c to 5a is gradually changed from the horizontal direction. The developing device 5a to 5d was substantially radially inserted in and out of the developing devices 5a to 5d as a whole. Therefore, the user can insert or remove the developing devices 5a to 5d from above or in front of the main body case 3 (right side in FIG. 1), and the developing devices 5a to 5d can be relatively easily. d can be detached. Further, in the present embodiment, since the plurality of developing devices 5a to 5d can be configured in the same shape, manufacturing costs such as a mold cost when the container 9 and the like are manufactured by resin molding are reduced. It can be significantly reduced.
なお、 本実施形態では、 図 7 ( a ) に示すように、 本体ケース 3の前面に形成され た開口に蓋体 3 6を設け、 当該開口から現像器 5 a〜5 dを挿抜するように構成して いたが、 本体ケース 3はこのような構成に限定されるものではない。例えば図 7 ( b ) に示すように、 蓋体 3 6を本体ケース 3の側面に設けてもよい。 また、 図 7 ( c ) に 示すように、 蓋体 3 6を本体ケース 3の上面から前面にわたって設けてもよく、 ある いは図 7 ( d ) に示すように、 上面から側面にわたって設けてもよい。 ぐ第 2実施形態 >  In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7A, a cover 36 is provided in an opening formed on the front surface of the main body case 3, and the developing devices 5 a to 5 d are inserted and removed from the opening. However, the main body case 3 is not limited to such a configuration. For example, as shown in FIG. 7 (b), the lid 36 may be provided on the side surface of the main body case 3. Further, the lid 36 may be provided from the upper surface to the front surface of the main body case 3 as shown in FIG. 7 (c), or may be provided from the upper surface to the side surface as shown in FIG. 7 (d). Good. Second embodiment>
次に、 図 8〜図 1 0を参照しながら、 本発明に係る画像形成装置の第 2実施形態に ついて説明する。 なお、 第 1実施形態と同一の構成要素については同一の参照番号を 付し、 詳細な説明は省略する。  Next, a second embodiment of the image forming apparatus according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. Note that the same components as those in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
第 1実施形態では各筐体部材 2 a〜2 dは同一の形状で形成されていたが、 本実施 形態においては、 各筐体部材 1 0 2 a〜l 0 2 dの形状は異なっている。 図 8に示す ように、 本実施形態の各プリントへッド 1 a〜l dの筐体部材 1 0 2 a〜l 0 2 dの ガイ ド溝 1 1 7 a〜l 1 7 dは、 それそれ直線溝 8 1 a〜8 1 dと位置決め溝 8 2 a ~ 8 2 dとを含んでいる。 具体的には、 最下方に位置するプリントヘッド 1 dの筐体 部材 1 0 2 dのガイ ド溝 1 1 7 dは、 水平方向に延びる直線溝 8 1 dと、 直線溝 8 1 dと連続しかつ同一直線上に背面電極 6 dの中心に向かって延びる位置決め溝 8 2 d とを含んでいる。 これに対し、 他のプリントへッド 1 a〜 1 cの筐体部材 1 0 2 a〜 1 0 2 cのガイ ド溝 1 1 7 a〜 1 1 7 cは、 水平方向に延びる直線溝 8 1 a ~ 8 1 c と、 この直線溝 8 1 a〜8 1 cから屈折してそれそれ背面電極 6 a〜6 cの中心に向 かって延びる位置決め溝 8 2 a〜8 2 cとを含んでいる。  In the first embodiment, each of the housing members 2a to 2d is formed in the same shape, but in the present embodiment, each of the housing members 102a to 102d has a different shape. . As shown in FIG. 8, the guide grooves 1 17 a to 17 d of the housing members 102 a to 102 d of each of the print heads 1 a to ld of this embodiment are It includes straight grooves 81a to 81d and positioning grooves 82a to 82d. Specifically, the guide groove 1 17 d of the housing member 102 d of the print head 1 d located at the bottom is continuous with the linear groove 81 d extending in the horizontal direction and the linear groove 81 d. And a positioning groove 82d extending coaxially toward the center of the back electrode 6d. On the other hand, the guide grooves 1 17 a to 1 17 c of the other print heads 1 a to 1 c have a straight groove 8 extending in the horizontal direction. 1a to 81c and positioning grooves 82a to 82c refracted from the linear grooves 81a to 81c and extending toward the center of the back electrodes 6a to 6c, respectively. I have.
これにより、 各々の現像器 5 a〜5 dは、 それらのガイ ド軸 1 5がガイ ド溝 1 1 7 a〜 1 1 7 dに案内されながら各々の筐体部材 1 0 2 a〜 1 0 2 dに挿入され、 規制 カラー 1 4が背面電極 6 a〜 6 dに当設した状態で位置決めされることになるが、 こ のときの各担持ローラ 1 1の背面電極 6 a〜 6 dおよび中間像ベルト 7に対する位置 関係は、 それそれ第 1実施形態の位置関係と同一となる。 つまり、 ガイ ド溝 1 1 7 a 〜1 1 7 dは、 担持ローラ 1 1が正規に装着された位置 (規制カラー 1 4が対向する 背面電極 6 a〜6 dに当接した位置、 すなわち前述の記録位置) の近傍では、 記録位 置での各担持ローラ 1 1の中心と各背面電極 6 a〜 6 dの中心とを結ぶ仮想線 Lと平 行な溝形状をなし、 上記以外の部分では、 水平に延びる溝形状になっている。 As a result, each of the developing devices 5a to 5d has its own housing member 102a to 10d while their guide shafts 15 are guided by the guide grooves 1 17a to 117d. 2d inserted into the regulation The collar 14 is positioned with the back electrodes 6a to 6d abutting on it.However, the positional relationship of each carrying roller 11 with respect to the back electrodes 6a to 6d and the intermediate image belt 7 at this time. Are the same as the positional relationship of the first embodiment. In other words, the guide grooves 1 17 a to 1 17 d are located at the position where the carrying roller 11 is properly mounted (the position where the regulating collar 14 is in contact with the opposing back electrodes 6 a to 6 d. In the vicinity of (recording position), a groove parallel to the imaginary line L connecting the center of each supporting roller 11 and the center of each of the back electrodes 6a to 6d at the recording position is formed. Has a groove shape extending horizontally.
また、 本実施形態では、 筐体部材 1 0 2 a〜 1 0 2 dの各上面壁 1 3 2および各下 面壁 1 3 3はそれそれ水平となり、 各下面壁 1 3 3に形成されたばね掛け 1 2 1の位 置は、 第 1実施形態の場合と相違する。 しかし、 本実施形態では、 ばね掛け 1 2 1の 水平位置は、 引張ばね 2 6を介して係止された各制御板 4の周長が第 1実施形態の場 合と同一になるように設定されている。  Also, in the present embodiment, each of the upper surface walls 13 2 and each of the lower surfaces 13 3 of the housing members 102 a to 102 d are horizontal, and a spring hook formed on each lower surface wall 133 is provided. The position of 121 is different from the case of the first embodiment. However, in the present embodiment, the horizontal position of the spring hook 1 2 1 is set such that the circumference of each control plate 4 locked via the extension spring 26 is the same as in the first embodiment. Have been.
ここで、 筐体部材 1 0 2 a〜l 0 2 dに現像器 5 a〜 5 dを装着するときの動作に ついて説明する。 まず、 各々の現像器 5 a〜5 dは、 ガイ ド軸 1 5がガイ ド溝 1 1 7 a〜l 1 7 dに係合した状態で、 図 9の右側から水平方向左向きに向かって、 各々の 筐体部材 1 0 2 a〜l 0 2 dに挿入される。 この際、 ガイ ド軸 1 5が直線溝 8 1 a〜 8 1 dに係合しているときには、 現像器 5 a〜5 dは水平方向にスライ ド移動する。 そして、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dの大部分が挿入されると、 ガイ ド軸 1 5は直線溝 8 1 a〜 8 1 dから位置決め溝 8 2 a〜8 2 dに移動する。 つまり、 担持ローラ 1 1が記録位 置に近づくと、 担持ローラ 1 1は仮想線 Lと平行に背面電極 6 a〜 6 dの中心に向か つて案内される。 そして、 担持ローラ 1 1と同軸にセットされた規制カラー 1 4が背 面電極 6 a〜6 dに当接することにより、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dは記録位置に設定される ことになる。 このとき、 各担持ローラ 1 1の背面電極 6 a〜 6 dおよび中間像ベルト 7に対する位置関係は、 第 1実施形態の場合と同一となる。 また、 担持ローラ 1 1は 背面電極 6 a〜6 dの中心に向かって案内されるので、 担持ローラ 1 1の背面電極 6 a〜 6 dに対する径方向の位置決めと円周方向の位置決めとが互いに影響を及ぼすこ とはない。 なお、 担持ローラ 1 1が前記記録位置にセッ卜された状態では、 現像器 5 a〜5 d の中心線 (現像器 5 a〜 5 dの長手方向の線、 つまり図 8における左右方向の線) と 前記仮想線 Lとがなす角度、 および現像器 5 a〜5 dの中心線に対するトナー通過孔 列 2 4の角度位置は、 現像器 5 a〜5 d毎に異なっている。 しかし、 前記仮想線 Lと トナー通過孔列 2 4との位置関係 (すなわち、 担持ローラ 1 1、 中間像ベルト 7、 背 面電極 6 a〜6 dおよびトナー通過孔列 2 4の相互の位置関係) は各現像器 5 a〜5 dにおいて同一である。 そのため、 現像器 5 a〜 5 d間で記録特性の差異が生じるこ とはない。 Here, the operation when the developing devices 5a to 5d are mounted on the housing members 102a to 102d will be described. First, each of the developing devices 5a to 5d has a state in which the guide shaft 15 is engaged with the guide grooves 1 17a to l 17d. It is inserted into each of the housing members 102 a to 102 d. At this time, when the guide shaft 15 is engaged with the linear grooves 81a to 81d, the developing devices 5a to 5d slide horizontally. When most of the developing units 5a to 5d are inserted, the guide shaft 15 moves from the linear grooves 81a to 81d to the positioning grooves 82a to 82d. That is, when the carrying roller 11 approaches the recording position, the carrying roller 11 is guided toward the center of the back electrodes 6a to 6d in parallel with the virtual line L. Then, when the regulating collar 14 set coaxially with the carrying roller 11 abuts on the back electrodes 6a to 6d, the developing units 5a to 5d are set at the recording positions. At this time, the positional relationship of each carrying roller 11 with respect to the back electrodes 6a to 6d and the intermediate image belt 7 is the same as in the first embodiment. Further, since the carrying roller 11 is guided toward the center of the back electrodes 6a to 6d, the radial positioning and the circumferential positioning of the carrying roller 11 with respect to the back electrodes 6a to 6d are mutually performed. It has no effect. When the carrying roller 11 is set at the recording position, the center line of the developing devices 5a to 5d (the line in the longitudinal direction of the developing devices 5a to 5d, ) And the virtual line L, and the angular position of the toner passage hole array 24 with respect to the center line of the developing devices 5a to 5d are different for each of the developing devices 5a to 5d. However, the positional relationship between the imaginary line L and the toner passage hole array 24 (that is, the mutual positional relationship of the carrying roller 11, the intermediate image belt 7, the back electrodes 6a to 6d, and the toner passage hole array 24) ) Is the same in each of the developing devices 5a to 5d. Therefore, there is no difference in the recording characteristics among the developing units 5a to 5d.
本実施形態によれば、 各筐体部材 1 0 2 a〜: I 0 2 dのガイド溝 1 1 7 a〜: I 1 7 dをそれそれ異なる形状とし、 これらガイド溝 1 1 7 a〜l 1 7 dを制御板 4が装着 される左端側では、 対向する各々の背面電極 6 a〜 6 dおよび中間像ペルト 7の角度 姿勢に合わせた形状としたので、 いずれのプリントヘッド 1 a〜l dにおいても、 第 1実施形態と同一の位置関係を実現することができる。 従って、 第 1実施形態におけ る全ての効果に加え、 下記の新たな効果を実現できる。  According to this embodiment, each of the housing members 10 2 a to: I 0 2 d guide grooves 1 17 a to: I 17 d have different shapes, and these guide grooves 1 17 a to l On the left end side where the control board 4 is mounted, 17 d is shaped according to the angle posture of each of the opposing back electrodes 6 a to 6 d and the intermediate image pelt 7, so any print head 1 a to ld Also, the same positional relationship as in the first embodiment can be realized. Therefore, in addition to all the effects of the first embodiment, the following new effects can be realized.
すなわち、 第 1に、 各々の現像器 5 a〜5 dの挿抜方向が互いに平行かつ水平であ ることにより、 使用者は本体前面からの操作のみによって現像器 5 a〜5 dの挿抜を 行うことができ、 極めて容易に現像器 5 a〜5 dを着脱することができる。  That is, first, since the inserting and removing directions of the developing units 5a to 5d are parallel and horizontal to each other, the user can insert and remove the developing units 5a to 5d only by operating from the front of the main body. The developing units 5a to 5d can be attached and detached very easily.
第 2に、 各々の現像器 5 a〜5 dの挿抜方向が互いに平行であることに伴う現像器 5 a〜5 d間のデッドスペースの減少および開口部面積の減少により、 装置の小型化 を図ることができる。 図 8及び図 1に示すように、 第 2実施形態に係る装置の背丈 H 1は、 第 1実施形態に係る装置の背丈 H 0と比べると、 各現像器 5 a〜 5 d間の空間 および現像器取出用開口の高さが減少した分だけ低くなる。  Second, the size of the apparatus can be reduced by reducing the dead space between the developing devices 5a to 5d and the opening area due to the parallel insertion and removal directions of the developing devices 5a to 5d. Can be planned. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 1, the height H 1 of the apparatus according to the second embodiment is smaller than the height H 0 of the apparatus according to the first embodiment, and the space between the developing units 5 a to 5 d and The height of the opening for removing the developing device is reduced by the reduced amount.
なお、 本実施形態に係るガイド溝 1 1 7 a〜 1 1 7 dでは、 位置決め溝 8 2 a〜8 2 dは直線溝 8 1 a〜8 1 dから屈折していたが、 背面電極 6 a〜6 dと中間像ベル ト 7と制御板 4と担持ローラ 1 1との位置関係がすべてのプリントヘッド 1 a〜 1 d において同一である限り、 位置決め溝 8 2 a〜8 2 dを直線溝 8 1 a〜8 1 dと同一 直線上に設けてもよい。 つまり、 直線溝 8 1 a〜8 1 dと位置決め溝 8 2 a〜8 2 d とは、 同一直線上に延びるように形成されていてもよい。 In the guide grooves 1 17 a to 1 17 d according to the present embodiment, the positioning grooves 82 a to 82 d were refracted from the linear grooves 81 a to 81 d, but the back electrode 6 a As long as the positional relationship between ~ 6d, the intermediate image belt 7, the control plate 4 and the carrying roller 11 is the same in all the print heads 1a ~ 1d, the positioning grooves 8 2a ~ 8 2d should be linear grooves. It may be provided on the same straight line as 81a to 81d. In other words, linear grooves 8 1 a to 8 1 d and positioning grooves 8 2 a to 8 2 d May be formed so as to extend on the same straight line.
<第 3実施形態 > <Third embodiment>
次に、 図 1 1及び図 1 2を参照しながら、 本発明に係る画像形成装置の第 3実施形 態について説明する。 なお、 以下では、 第 1および第 2実施形態と同一の構成要素に ついては同一の参照番号を付して説明を省略し、 相違点のみを説明することとする。 図 1 1において、 2 3 4 a〜2 3 4 dはプリントヘッド保持部であり、 これらプリ ントへッド保持部 2 3 4 a〜2 3 4 dは、 それそれ第 2実施形態における筐体部材 1 0 2 a〜l 0 2 dの左端部と同一の形状に形成されている。 プリントへッド保持部 2 3 4 a〜2 3 4 dは、 現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dの収容容器 2 0 9の左端部に担持口 ーラ 1 1に対して位置決めされた状態で固定され、 現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dと一体 となって着脱交換される。 また、 プリントヘッド保持部 2 3 4 a〜2 3 4 dには、 固 定部 2 1 9とステ一部 2 2 0とが設けられている。 現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dの収容 容器 2 0 9の下面には、 ばね掛け部 2 2 1が形成されている。 制御板 4は、 固定部 2 1 9とばね掛け部 2 2 1との間に、 ステ一部 2 2 0を介して第 2実施形態と同一の位 置および角度にて懸架されている。  Next, a third embodiment of the image forming apparatus according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 11 and FIG. In the following, the same components as those in the first and second embodiments will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted. Only the differences will be described. In FIG. 11, reference numerals 234a to 234d denote printhead holders, and these printhead keeper units 234a to 234d are housings according to the second embodiment. The members 102a to 102d are formed in the same shape as the left end. The print head holding portions 2 3 4 a to 2 3 4 d are positioned at the left end of the container 2 09 of the developing devices 2 0 5 a to 2 0 5 d with respect to the support port 11. It is fixed in the state, and is detached and replaced as a unit with the developing devices 205a to 205d. In addition, the print head holding portions 234a to 234d are provided with a fixed portion 219 and a stay portion 220. On the lower surface of the container 209 for accommodating the developing devices 205a to 205d, a spring hook portion 221 is formed. The control plate 4 is suspended between the fixed portion 2 19 and the spring hook portion 2 21 at the same position and the same angle as in the second embodiment via a stay portion 220.
2 0 2は主筐体部材であり、 背面電極 6 a〜 6 dが回転可能に位置決め保持される とともに、 その両壁部には第 2実施形態と同様のガイ ド溝 2 1 7 a〜2 1 7 dが形成 されている。  Reference numeral 202 denotes a main housing member, and the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d are rotatably positioned and held, and guide walls 2 17 a to 2 d similar to those of the second embodiment are formed in both wall portions. 17 d is formed.
2 3 5 a〜2 3 5 d (図 1 2参照) は、 現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dの誤挿入を防止 するノッチ部である。 ノッチ部 2 3 5 a〜2 3 4 dは、 各々のプリントヘッド保持部 2 3 4 a〜2 3 4 dの先端部の形状に合わせて、 主筐体部材 2 0 2の内側の側壁上に 形成されている。 これらノッチ部 2 3 5 a〜2 3 5 は、 それそれの形状または寸法 が異なっている。 そのため、 現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dを主筐体部材 2 0 2の誤った ガイ ド溝に挿入した場合には、 プリントへッド保持部 2 3 4 a〜2 3 4 dがノツチ部 2 3 5 a〜2 3 5 dに当接するので、 現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dを各々の記録位置ま で挿入することはできない。 その結果、 現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dの誤挿入は未然に 防止されるので、 異なる色の現像剤 8 a〜8 dが制御板 4に付着する等の不具合を防 止することができる。 Reference numerals 235a to 235d (see FIG. 12) denote notches for preventing erroneous insertion of the developing devices 205a to 205d. The notch portions 2 3 5 a to 2 3 4 d are formed on the inner side wall of the main housing member 202 according to the shape of the tip of each print head holding portion 2 3 4 a to 2 3 4 d. Is formed. These notch portions 235a to 235 have different shapes or dimensions. Therefore, when the developing devices 205a to 205d are inserted into the wrong guide grooves of the main housing member 202, the print head holding portions 234a to 234d are The developing devices 205a to 205d cannot be inserted to the respective recording positions because they come into contact with the notch portions 235a to 235d. As a result, erroneous insertion of the developing units 205a to 205d Therefore, it is possible to prevent such a problem that the developers 8 a to 8 d of different colors adhere to the control plate 4.
本実施形態によれば、 各プリントへヅド 1 a〜 1 dの背面電極 6 a〜6 dおよび中 間像ベルト 7の角度姿勢に合わせて形状を異ならせたへッド保持部 2 3 4 a〜2 3 4 dを、 それそれ現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dの先端に装着固定することとしたので、 制 御板 4をへッド保持部 2 3 4 a〜2 3 4 dを介して現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dに装着 しかつ一体化した構成において、 第 1および第 2の実施形態における全ての効果を得 ることができる。  According to the present embodiment, the head holders 2 3 4 having different shapes according to the angular posture of the back electrodes 6 a to 6 d of the print heads 1 a to 1 d and the intermediate image belt 7. a to 234 d are fixed to the tips of the developing devices 205 to 205 d, respectively, so that the control plate 4 is attached to the head holder 2 3 4 a to 2 3 4 In a configuration in which it is mounted on and integrated with the developing devices 205a to 205d via d, all the effects of the first and second embodiments can be obtained.
また、 主筐体部材 2 0 2に、 各々のプリントヘッド保持部 2 3 4 a〜2 3 4 dに応 じて形状または寸法の異なるノッチ部 2 3 5 a〜2 3 5 dを具備することとしたので、 現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dを主筐体部材 2 0 2の誤ったガイ ド溝 2 1 7 a〜2 1 7 d に挿入するといつた誤挿入を防止することができる。 なお、 プリントヘッド l a〜l dのガイ ド軸 1 5の形状または寸法をそれそれ異なるように形成し、 且つガイ ド溝 2 1 7 a〜2 1 7 dをそれらガイ ド軸の形状または寸法に合わせて形成することによつ ても、 現像器 2 0 5 a〜2 0 5 dの誤挿入を防止することが可能である。  In addition, the main housing member 202 is provided with notches 235a to 235d having different shapes or dimensions according to the respective printhead holders 234a to 234d. Therefore, it is possible to prevent erroneous insertion when the developer unit 205 a to 205 d is inserted into the wrong guide groove 217 a to 217 d of the main housing member 202. it can. The shapes or dimensions of the guide shafts 15 of the print heads la to ld are made different from each other, and the guide grooves 217a to 217d are adjusted to the shapes or dimensions of the guide axes. Also, the erroneous insertion of the developing devices 205a to 205d can be prevented.
また、 主筐体部材 2 0 2が背面電極 6 a〜 6 dおよび担持ローラ 1 1の両方を直接 位置決めかつ保持することで、 両者の位置精度を向上することができる。  In addition, the main housing member 202 directly positions and holds both the back electrodes 6a to 6d and the support roller 11, so that the positional accuracy of both can be improved.
<第 4実施形態 > <Fourth embodiment>
図 1 3〜図 1 6に示すように、 第 4実施形態に係る画像形成装置では、 各筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dは水平方向に延びる筒状容器によって形成されている。 各筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dに対しては、 イエロ一、 マゼン夕、 シアンおよびブラックの 4色のトナー 8 a〜 8 dをそれそれ収容した現像器 5 a〜 5 dが、 水平方向に挿抜することにより着脱自 在なように設けられている。  As shown in FIGS. 13 to 16, in the image forming apparatus according to the fourth embodiment, each of the housing members 2 a to 2 d is formed of a cylindrical container extending in the horizontal direction. For each of the housing members 2a to 2d, the developing units 5a to 5d, which respectively store the four color toners 8a to 8d of yellow, magenta, cyan and black, are arranged horizontally. It is provided so that it can be attached and detached by inserting and removing.
各プリントヘッド 1 a〜 1 dの構成は基本的に同様であるので、 ここでは、 図 1 5 を参照しながら、 プリントへヅ ド 1 bの構成のみを詳細に説明し、 他のプリントへッ ド l a, l c, 1 dの詳細な説明は省略することとする。 第 4実施形態に係るプリントヘッド 1 bにおいては、 少なくとも片側のガイ ド軸 1 5に、 担持ローラ 1 1に回転駆動力を伝達する駆動ギア 3 7が設けられている。 駆動 ギア 3 7は、 担持ローラ 1 1を図 1 5の反時計回り方向にのみ回転させるような 1方 向クラッチ (図示せず) を介して、 ガイ ド軸 1 5に配設されている。 筐体部材 2 bの 下壁部の内面には、 ラック 3 8が設けられている。 現像器 5 bを筐体部材 2 bに挿入 する際には、 駆動ギア 3 7がラック 3 8に係合し、 現像器 5 bを挿入するための水平 方向の駆動力が当該駆動ギア 3 7を介して回転駆動力に変換され、 この回転駆動力に よって担持ローラが搬送方向、 すなわち反時計回り方向に回転することになる。 筐体部材 2 bの右端部には、 現像器 5 bが取り外されているときには現像器揷入口 6 0を閉鎖し、 逆に、 現像器 5 bが挿入されているときには現像器揷入口 6 0を開口 させるシャツ夕一 4 4が設けられている。 Since the configuration of each of the print heads 1a to 1d is basically the same, only the configuration of the print head 1b will be described in detail with reference to FIG. Detailed description of de la, lc, 1 d will be omitted. In the print head 1b according to the fourth embodiment, at least one guide shaft 15 is provided with a drive gear 37 for transmitting a rotational drive force to the carrying roller 11. The drive gear 37 is disposed on the guide shaft 15 via a one-way clutch (not shown) that rotates the carrying roller 11 only in the counterclockwise direction in FIG. A rack 38 is provided on the inner surface of the lower wall of the housing member 2b. When the developing device 5b is inserted into the housing member 2b, the driving gear 37 engages with the rack 38, and the driving force in the horizontal direction for inserting the developing device 5b is applied to the driving gear 37. The carrier roller is converted into a rotational driving force via the roller, and the carrying roller is rotated in the transport direction, that is, in the counterclockwise direction by the rotational driving force. At the right end of the housing member 2b, the developer inlet 60 is closed when the developer 5b is removed, and conversely, the developer inlet 60 when the developer 5b is inserted. There is a shirt 4 4 that opens the door.
図 1 3および図 1 4に示すように、 背面電極 6は本体ケース 3内に配設され、 背面 電極 6の右側に主筐体部材 2が取外し可能に位置決め固定されている。  As shown in FIGS. 13 and 14, the back electrode 6 is provided in the main body case 3, and the main housing member 2 is removably positioned and fixed to the right side of the back electrode 6.
筐体部材 2 bの現像剤供給開口 1 0の一側部には、 制御板 4の一端部を固定する固 定部 1 9が形成され、 現像剤供給開口 1 0の他側部には、 制御板 4の他端側を右方向 に向けて屈曲させるステ一部 2 0が突出形成されている。 ステ一部 2 0は、 断面が略 半円状に形成されており、 その内側は、 担持ローラ 1 1または制御板 4から除去し^ 不要なトナーを回収するトナー回収部 6 1となっている。 ステ一部 2 0の右側には、 ステ一部 2 0から適当間隔をあけてばね掛け 2 1が設けられている。  On one side of the developer supply opening 10 of the housing member 2b, a fixing portion 19 for fixing one end of the control plate 4 is formed, and on the other side of the developer supply opening 10, A stay part 20 for projecting the other end of the control plate 4 rightward is formed to project. The stay part 20 has a substantially semicircular cross section, and the inside thereof is a toner collecting part 61 for removing unnecessary toner by removing it from the support roller 11 or the control plate 4. . On the right side of the stay part 20, a spring hook 21 is provided at an appropriate distance from the stay part 20.
制御板 4の構成は、 第 1実施形態と同様である。 制御板 4の一端側は、 固定ねじ 2 5にて筐体部材 2 bの固定部 1 9に固定されている。 制御板 4の他端側は、 いったん ステ一部 2 0で屈曲された後、 その先端部が引張ばね 2 6を介してばね掛け 2 1に係 止されている。  The configuration of the control plate 4 is the same as in the first embodiment. One end of the control plate 4 is fixed to a fixing portion 19 of the housing member 2b with a fixing screw 25. The other end of the control plate 4 is once bent at the stay part 20, and the tip end thereof is engaged with a spring hook 21 via a tension spring 26.
制御板 4の内面には、 トナー通過孔列 2 4とステ一部 2 0との間の位置に、 トナ一 通過孔列 2 4と平行に延びる金属板から成る振動板 4 2が固着されている。 なお、 振 動板 4 2としては、 例えば板幅が 5 mm、 板厚が 0 . 2 mmのステンレス板を好適に 用いることができる。 筐体部材 2 bの両端壁 1 6のうち一方の外壁部 (図 1 5の紙面 の裏側の外壁部) には、 超音波振動を発生させる超音波振動発生部材 4 3が固定支持 されている。 超音波振動発生部材 4 3の出力端は、 振動板 4 2の長手方向 (紙面の表 裏方向) の一端側にねじ止め固定されている。 超音波振動発生部材 4 3が付与する振 動は、 制御板 4に付着した不要なトナー 8 bを除去するものであればどのような周波 数の振動であってもよいが、 振動周波数が高くなりすぎるとトナー 8 bと制御板 4と が同じように振動してしまい、 トナー 8 bの付着や堆積を効果的に防止することがで きなくなるので、 超音波振動発生部材 4 3の振動は、 振動周波数が 1 M H z以下の正 弦波が特に好ましい。 例えば 2 O K H z程度の正弦波振動を好適に用いることができ る。 なお、 振動板 4 2は、 超音波振動発生部材 4 3と振動板 4 2との相互の相対変位 を許容しながら制御板 4に超音波振動を伝達できるように構成されている。 A vibration plate 42 made of a metal plate extending in parallel with the toner passage hole array 24 is fixed to the inner surface of the control plate 4 at a position between the toner passage hole array 24 and the stay part 20. I have. As the vibration plate 42, for example, a stainless plate having a plate width of 5 mm and a plate thickness of 0.2 mm can be suitably used. One outer wall of both end walls 16 of housing member 2 b An ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 for generating ultrasonic vibration is fixedly supported on the outer wall portion on the back side of the main body. The output end of the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 is screwed and fixed to one end of the diaphragm 42 in the longitudinal direction (the direction of the front and back of the paper). The vibration applied by the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 may be any frequency as long as it removes the unnecessary toner 8 b attached to the control plate 4, but the vibration frequency is high. If too much, the toner 8b and the control plate 4 vibrate in the same manner, and it becomes impossible to effectively prevent the toner 8b from adhering or accumulating. Sine waves having a vibration frequency of 1 MHz or less are particularly preferred. For example, a sinusoidal vibration of about 2 OKHz can be suitably used. The vibration plate 42 is configured to transmit ultrasonic vibration to the control plate 4 while allowing mutual displacement between the ultrasonic vibration generation member 43 and the vibration plate 42.
次に、現像器 5 a〜 5 dを装着する際の動作と画像形成時の動作について説明する。 まず、 図 1 4に示すように、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dが筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dから外されて いる状態では、 シャツ夕一 4 4は閉じた状態にある。 このとき、 各制御板 4は筐体部 材 2 a〜2 dの内部において他の部材と非接触の状態、つまり開放された状態にあり、 筐体部材 2 a〜 2 d内の異物と直接接触し得る状態にある。 しかし、 本画像形成装置 では、 蓋体 3 6が開いている場合であっても、 シャツ夕一 4 4が閉じられているため に、本体ケース 3の外部から筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dの内部に異物が侵入することはなく、 制御板 4に異物が付着することはない。  Next, the operation at the time of mounting the developing devices 5a to 5d and the operation at the time of image formation will be described. First, as shown in FIG. 14, when the developing devices 5a to 5d are detached from the housing members 2a to 2d, the shirts 44 are in a closed state. At this time, each control plate 4 is in a non-contact state with other members inside the housing members 2a to 2d, that is, in an open state, and directly contacts foreign substances in the housing members 2a to 2d. In contact However, in this image forming apparatus, even when the lid 36 is open, since the shirts 44 are closed, the housing members 2a to 2d are No foreign matter enters the inside, and no foreign matter adheres to the control plate 4.
また、 各制御板 4は筐体部材 2 a〜2 dの左端部に配設され、 現像器 5 a〜5 dは 水平方向にスライ ドすることによって着脱される構成になっているので、 外部からシ ャッ夕一 4 4の外側面に異物が付着した場合でも、 シャッター 4 4の開閉動作に伴つ て異物が制御板 4に向かって自由落下するようなことはない。  Further, since each control plate 4 is disposed at the left end of the housing members 2a to 2d, and the developing units 5a to 5d are configured to be detachably mounted by sliding horizontally, Therefore, even if foreign matter adheres to the outer surface of the shutter 44, the foreign matter does not fall freely toward the control plate 4 as the shutter 44 opens and closes.
次に、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dを装着する際の動作について説明する。 図 1 6に示すよう に、 現像器 5 a〜5 dを筐体部材 2 a〜2 dに装着する際には、 ガイ ド軸 1 5をガイ ド溝 1 7に案内係合させた状態で、 現像器 5 a〜5 dを左方向にスライ ドさせる。 こ のとき、 駆動ギア 3 7はラック 3 8と嚙み合い、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dの左方向へのスラ ィ ド移動に従って、担持ローラ 1 1は同図の反時計回り方向に回転する。これにより、 仮に現像器 5 a〜 5 dを挿入する前に担持ローラ 1 1の表面に異物が付着したとして も、 異物は担持ローラ 1 1の回転に伴って担持ローラ 1 1の記録時回転方向下流側で ある鉛直方向部分 (担持ローラ 1 1のうち鉛直下向き方向に移動する部分、 つまり図 1 5における左側部分) に移動し、 自由落下により除去される。 また、 自由落下によ り除去されなかった異物は、 現像器 5 a〜5 dの内部において供給ローラ 1 3や規制 ブレード 1 2等によって除去される。 従って、 現像器 5 a〜5 dを所定位置に装着し た状態では、 いったん除去された異物が記録動作時における担持ローラ 1 1の回転動 作によって再度トナー通過孔 2 3の位置に戻るようなことはない。 そのため、 異物が 担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4との間に挟まって制御板 4が傷ついたり、 制御板 4の絶縁 層 4 1が傷ついたりすることはない。 従って、 担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4の画像信号 電極 3 9または絞り電極 4 0とが電気的に短絡することはない。 現像器 5 a〜5 dを さらに左方向にスライ ドさせると、 駆動ギア 3 7とラック 3 8との嚙み合いが外れ、 担持ローラ 1 1の回転は停止する。 Next, the operation when the developing units 5a to 5d are mounted will be described. As shown in FIG. 16, when the developing units 5a to 5d are mounted on the housing members 2a to 2d, the guide shafts 15 are guided and engaged with the guide grooves 17 respectively. Then, slide the developing units 5a to 5d to the left. At this time, the drive gear 37 engages with the rack 38, and the carrying roller 11 rotates counterclockwise in the figure as the developing units 5a to 5d slide leftward. . This allows Even if foreign matter adheres to the surface of the carrying roller 11 before the developing units 5a to 5d are inserted, the foreign matter is generated downstream of the carrying roller 11 in the rotation direction during recording of the carrying roller 11 as the carrying roller 11 rotates. It moves to a certain vertical portion (the portion of the carrying roller 11 that moves vertically downward, that is, the left portion in FIG. 15), and is removed by free fall. In addition, foreign matter that has not been removed by the free fall is removed by the supply roller 13 and the regulating blade 12 inside the developing units 5a to 5d. Therefore, in a state where the developing devices 5a to 5d are mounted at predetermined positions, the foreign matter once removed returns to the position of the toner passage hole 23 by the rotation of the carrying roller 11 during the recording operation. Never. Therefore, no foreign matter is caught between the supporting roller 11 and the control plate 4 to damage the control plate 4 or the insulating layer 41 of the control plate 4. Therefore, the carrying roller 11 and the image signal electrode 39 or the aperture electrode 40 of the control plate 4 are not electrically short-circuited. When the developing devices 5a to 5d are further slid leftward, the engagement between the driving gear 37 and the rack 38 is released, and the rotation of the carrying roller 11 is stopped.
次に、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dが所定の位置にまで挿入されると、 この挿入状態が図示し ないスィツチ手段によって検出され、 超音波振動発生部材 4 3が作動する。 超音波振 動発生部材 4 3の超音波振動は、 振動板 4 2を介して制御板 4に伝達される。 この振 動によって、制御板 4のトナー通過孔 2 3の周囲や内部に付着した異物は除去される。 除去された異物は、重力により鉛直下向きに落下し、トナー回収部 6 1に回収される。 これにより、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dの交換作業中に制御板 4に異物が付着した場合であつ ても、 異物は確実に除去される。 また、 異物は記録動作時における担持ローラ 1 1の 回転方向下流側である鉛直下向き方向に除去されるので、 いったん除去された異物が 記録動作時に再度担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4との間に戻ることはなく、 制御板 4を傷 つけたり、 絶縁層 4 1を破壊するようなことはない。 従って、 電気的短絡を招くおそ れはない。  Next, when the developing devices 5a to 5d are inserted to the predetermined positions, the inserted state is detected by switch means (not shown), and the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 operates. The ultrasonic vibration of the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 is transmitted to the control plate 4 via the diaphragm 42. Due to this vibration, foreign matter adhering around and inside the toner passage hole 23 of the control plate 4 is removed. The removed foreign matter falls vertically downward due to gravity and is collected by the toner collecting unit 61. Thereby, even if foreign matter adheres to the control plate 4 during the replacement work of the developing devices 5a to 5d, the foreign matter is reliably removed. Further, since the foreign matter is removed in the vertical downward direction, which is the downstream side in the rotation direction of the carrying roller 11 during the recording operation, the foreign matter once removed is again moved between the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 during the recording operation. It will not return and will not damage the control board 4 or destroy the insulating layer 41. Therefore, there is no danger of causing an electrical short.
現像器 5 a〜5 dをさらに左方向にスライ ドさせると、 規制カラ一 1 4が背面電極 6に当接し、 現像器 5 a〜5 dは筐体部材 2 a ~ 2 dの所定位置 (記録位置) にセッ 卜され、 装着が完了する。 このとき、 図 1 3に示すように、 本体ケース 3の蓋体 3 6 に設けたばね部材 2 8によって、 各現像器 5 a〜 5 dに左方向への所定の押圧力が付 与され、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dは前記記録位置に保持される。 また、 ガイ ド軸 1 5とガイ ド溝 1 7との係合により、 担持ローラ 1 1の中心軸と制御板 4のトナー通過孔列 2 4 とが互いに平行となるように位置決めされる。 また、 規制カラ一 1 4が背面電極 6に 当接することによって、 担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6との間の隙間は所定間隔になる ように高精度に設定される。 また、 それと同時に担持ローラ 1 1がスぺーサ 2 7を介 して制御板 4に当接し、 制御板 4は引張ばね 2 6の付勢力に杭して押圧変位する。 こ れにより、 スぺ一サ 2 7によって、 担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4との間の隙間は所定間 隔になるように高精度に設定される。 When the developing devices 5a to 5d are further slid to the left, the regulating collar 14 comes into contact with the rear electrode 6, and the developing devices 5a to 5d are positioned at predetermined positions of the housing members 2a to 2d ( (Recording position) and mounting is completed. At this time, as shown in Fig. 13, the lid 3 6 of the main body case 3 A predetermined leftward pressing force is applied to each of the developing devices 5a to 5d by a spring member 28 provided at the recording device, and the developing devices 5a to 5d are held at the recording positions. Further, by the engagement between the guide shaft 15 and the guide groove 17, the central axis of the carrying roller 11 and the toner passage hole array 24 of the control plate 4 are positioned so as to be parallel to each other. In addition, when the regulating collar 14 abuts on the back electrode 6, the gap between the support roller 11 and the back electrode 6 is set with high precision so as to have a predetermined interval. At the same time, the carrying roller 11 comes into contact with the control plate 4 via the spacer 27, and the control plate 4 is pushed and displaced by the urging force of the tension spring 26. Thus, the gap between the support roller 11 and the control plate 4 is set with high precision by the spacer 27 so as to be a predetermined interval.
次に、 画像形成動作について説明する。 第 1実施形態と同様、 外部からの信号に応 じて制御板 4の所定の画像信号電極 3 9に対し所定電圧が印加されると、 担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6との間に形成される電界は強まり、 あるいは担持ローラ 1 1と画像 信号電極 3 9との間に加速電界が形成される。 そして、 これらの電界により直接ある いは間接的に、 担持ローラ 1 1上のトナー 8は背面電極 6側に引っ張られ、 担持ロー ラ 1 1から飛翔する。 飛翔したトナー 8は、 制御板 4のトナー通過孔 2 3を通過し、 中間像ベルト 7上に着弾する。 一方、 画像信号電極 3 9に所定値以下の電圧を印加す ると、 担持ローラ 1 1と背面電極 6の間に形成される電界は弱められ、 トナー 8は中 間像ベルト 7上に着弾しなくなる。 こうして、 着弾したトナー 8によって中間像ベル ト 7上にトナー画像が形成される。 そして、 各色の現像器 5 a〜5 dがこのような記 録動作を順次行うことにより、 イェロー、 マゼン夕、 シアン、 ブラックの各色のトナ 一 8 a〜8 dを組み合わせたカラ一画像が中間像ベルト 7上に形成される。このとき、 画像形成動作中又は画像形成動作の間の所定間隔おきに、 超音波振動発生部材 4 3を 作動させることにより、 その超音波振動が振動板 4 2を介して制御板 4に伝達され、 トナー通過孔 2 3の周囲や内部に付着したトナー 8は効果的に除去される。その結果、 制御板 4は常にクリーンな状態に維持される。  Next, the image forming operation will be described. As in the first embodiment, when a predetermined voltage is applied to a predetermined image signal electrode 39 of the control plate 4 in response to an external signal, a voltage is formed between the support roller 11 and the back electrode 6. The electric field increases, or an accelerating electric field is formed between the support roller 11 and the image signal electrode 39. Then, directly or indirectly by these electric fields, the toner 8 on the carrying roller 11 is pulled toward the back electrode 6 and flies from the carrying roller 11. The flying toner 8 passes through the toner passage hole 23 of the control plate 4 and lands on the intermediate image belt 7. On the other hand, when a voltage lower than a predetermined value is applied to the image signal electrode 39, the electric field formed between the carrying roller 11 and the back electrode 6 is weakened, and the toner 8 lands on the intermediate image belt 7. Disappears. Thus, a toner image is formed on the intermediate image belt 7 by the landed toner 8. Then, the developing units 5a to 5d for each color sequentially perform such a recording operation, so that a color image combining the yellow, magenta, cyan, and black toners 8a to 8d becomes an intermediate image. Formed on the image belt 7. At this time, by operating the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 during the image forming operation or at predetermined intervals during the image forming operation, the ultrasonic vibration is transmitted to the control plate 4 via the diaphragm 42. However, the toner 8 attached around and inside the toner passage hole 23 is effectively removed. As a result, the control board 4 is always kept clean.
本画像形成装置のように着脱構造を有する現像剤噴射型の装置では、 外部から異物 が侵入しやすい。 また、 担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4との間の間隔が極めて短いため、 異物の侵入に起因する電気的短絡を防止する必要性は非常に大きい。 また、 制御板 4 が引張ばね 2 6によって付勢されていることから、 制御板 4と担持ローラ 1 1とはス ぺーサ 2 7を介して密着している。 そのため、 いったん制御板 4と担持ローラ 1 1と の間に異物が挟まると、何らの手段も講じなければ異物を除去することは難しくなる。 そのため、 事後的に異物を除去するよりも、 現像器 5 a〜5 dの装着前に異物を除去 しておくことが好ましい。 また、 いったん除去した異物が担持ローラ 1 1の回転に従 つて再び記録部に戻ってくると、 良好な記録は困難となる。 そのため、 いったん除去 した異物が再び記録部に戻ってこないようにすることが好ましい。 また、 担持ローラ 1 1の装着前に除去しきれなかった異物があつたとしても、 そのような異物は担持口 —ラ 1 1の回転に従って落下させ、 自ら除去されるようにすることが好ましい。 以下 に説明するように、 本実施形態によれば、 現像剤噴射型の画像形成装置において特に 問題となる上記課題を、 効果的に解決することができる。 In a developer injection type device having a detachable structure, such as the image forming apparatus, foreign matter easily enters from the outside. Also, since the distance between the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 is extremely short, There is a great need to prevent electrical shorts due to foreign matter intrusion. Further, since the control plate 4 is urged by the tension spring 26, the control plate 4 and the carrying roller 11 are in close contact with each other via the spacer 27. Therefore, once foreign matter is caught between the control plate 4 and the carrying roller 11, it is difficult to remove the foreign matter without taking any measures. For this reason, it is preferable to remove the foreign matter before mounting the developing devices 5a to 5d, rather than removing the foreign matter later. Further, if the removed foreign matter returns to the recording section again according to the rotation of the carrying roller 11, it becomes difficult to perform good recording. For this reason, it is preferable that the foreign matter once removed does not return to the recording section. Further, even if foreign matter that cannot be completely removed before the mounting of the carrying roller 11 is collected, it is preferable that such foreign matter is dropped along with the rotation of the carrying roller 11 to be removed by itself. As described below, according to the present embodiment, the above-described problem that is particularly problematic in a developer injection type image forming apparatus can be effectively solved.
すなわち、 本実施形態によれば、 現像器 5 a ~ 5 dが着脱される筐体部材 2 a〜2 に、 現像器 5 a〜5 dの挿抜動作に連動して開閉するシャッター 4 4を設け、 現像 器 5 a〜5 dが筐体部材 2 a〜2 dから外された状態ではシャッター 4 4を閉じた状 態にするので、 制御板 4が装置外部に露出されることがない。 そのため、 たとえ蓋体 3 6が開いている場合であっても、 本体ケース 3の外部から筐体部材 2 a〜2 d内に 異物が侵入する可能性は低く、 制御板 4に異物が付着するおそれは小さい。  That is, according to the present embodiment, the housing members 2 a to 2 to which the developing devices 5 a to 5 d are attached and detached are provided with the shutters 44 that open and close in conjunction with the insertion and removal operations of the developing devices 5 a to 5 d. When the developing units 5a to 5d are detached from the housing members 2a to 2d, the shutter 44 is closed, so that the control plate 4 is not exposed to the outside of the apparatus. Therefore, even when the lid 36 is open, foreign matter is unlikely to enter the housing members 2 a to 2 d from outside the main body case 3, and the foreign matter adheres to the control plate 4. The fear is small.
また、 制御板 4を筐体部材 2 a〜 2 dの左端部に配設し、 現像器 5 a〜5 dを水平 方向にスライ ドする構成を採っているので、 仮に外部からシャツ夕一 4 4の表面に異 物が付着したとしても、 シャツ夕一 4 4の開閉動作に伴つて異物が重力により制御板 4に落下することはない。  Also, since the control plate 4 is arranged at the left end of the housing members 2a to 2d and the developing units 5a to 5d are horizontally slid, it is assumed that a Even if foreign matter adheres to the surface of 4, the foreign matter does not drop onto the control plate 4 due to gravity with the opening and closing operation of the shirt 4.
また、 超音波振動発生部材 4 3を備えているので、 仮に制御板 4に異物が付着した 場合でも、 機械振動を与えることにより異物を容易に除去することができる。 特に、 現像器 5 a〜5 dが筐体部材 2 a〜2 dに挿入されたことを検出し、 この検出に伴つ て超音波振動発生部材 4 3を作動させ、 制御板 4のトナー通過孔 2 3の周囲や内部に 付着した異物を除去することとしたので、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dの交換作業中に制御板 4 に異物が付着した場合でも、 人手によらず自ら異物を除去することができる。 Further, since the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 is provided, even if foreign matter adheres to the control plate 4, the foreign matter can be easily removed by applying mechanical vibration. In particular, it detects that the developing devices 5a to 5d have been inserted into the housing members 2a to 2d, and activates the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43 in accordance with this detection, thereby passing the toner through the control plate 4. The foreign matter adhering around and inside the hole 23 was removed, so the control board 4 was replaced during the replacement of the developing units 5a to 5d. Even if foreign matter adheres to the surface, the foreign matter can be removed by hand without manual intervention.
現像器 5 a〜5 dを記録位置にセッ卜する前に異物を除去することができるので、 異物が制御板 4と担持ローラ 1 1との間に挟まることを未然に防止することができる c また、 現像器 5 a〜5 dの挿入に伴って担持ローラ 1 1が搬送方向 (図 1 5の反時 計回り方向) に回転するため、 仮に現像器 5 a〜5 dを挿入する前に担持ローラ 1 1 の表面に異物が付着していたような場合であっても、 異物は担持ローラ 1 1の回転に 伴って搬送方向に除去される。 つまり、 担持ローラ 1 1上の異物は、 記録動作時にお ける担持ローラ 1 1の搬送方向の下流側である鉛直下向きに搬送される。 搬送された 異物のうち重力によって落下したものは、 回収部 6 1に回収される。 It is possible to remove foreign matter before loading Bok the developing device 5 a~5 d to the recording position, c capable foreign matter to prevent the caught that between the control plate 4 and the carrying roller 1 1 Also, since the carrying roller 11 rotates in the transport direction (counterclockwise direction in FIG. 15) with the insertion of the developing devices 5a to 5d, before the developing devices 5a to 5d are inserted, Even if foreign matter adheres to the surface of the carrying roller 11, the foreign matter is removed in the transport direction with the rotation of the carrying roller 11. That is, the foreign matter on the carrying roller 11 is transported vertically downward, which is the downstream side in the transport direction of the carrying roller 11 during the recording operation. Among the conveyed foreign objects, those that have fallen due to gravity are collected by the collection unit 61.
一方、 自由落下することなく担持ローラ 1 1上に残留した異物は、 供給ローラ 1 3 および規制ブレード 1 2により除去される。 従って、 いったん担持ローラ 1 1から除 去されたいずれの異物も、 記録動作時における担持ローラ 1 1の回転動作に伴って再 度担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4との間 (記録部分) に至ることはない。 従って、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dを所定位置にセットした状態で、 異物が担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4との間 に挟まって制御板 4の表面に損傷を与えたり、 制御板 4の絶縁層 4 1を破壊するよう なことはない。  On the other hand, foreign matter remaining on the carrying roller 11 without free fall is removed by the supply roller 13 and the regulating blade 12. Therefore, any foreign matter once removed from the carrying roller 11 reaches the space between the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 (recording portion) again as the carrying roller 11 rotates during the recording operation. Never. Therefore, when the developing devices 5a to 5d are set at predetermined positions, foreign matter is caught between the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 to damage the surface of the control plate 4, or to insulate the control plate 4. Nothing destroys layer 41.
また、 本実施形態では、 ラック 3 8を駆動ギア 3 7の下側で嚙み合わせることとし たので、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dの挿入に従って担持ローラ 1 1を搬送方向へ自動的に回転 させることができる。  Further, in the present embodiment, since the rack 38 is engaged with the lower side of the drive gear 37, the carrying roller 11 is automatically rotated in the transport direction according to the insertion of the developing devices 5a to 5d. be able to.
また、 本実施形態では、 担持ローラ 1 1と駆動ギア 3 7が 1方向クラッチを介して 係合され、 担持ローラ 1 1が搬送方向のみに回転する構成としたので、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dを筐体部材 2 a〜2 dから右方向に引き抜く際に、 担持ローラ 1 1が反搬送方向 (図 1 5の時計回り方向) に回転することはなく、 担持ローラ 1 1が反搬送方向に回 転することによるトナー漏れを防止することができる。  Further, in the present embodiment, since the carrying roller 11 and the driving gear 37 are engaged via a one-way clutch, and the carrying roller 11 rotates only in the transport direction, the developing devices 5a to 5d When the roller is pulled out from the housing members 2a to 2d rightward, the carrying roller 11 does not rotate in the counter-conveying direction (clockwise in FIG. 15), and the carrying roller 11 moves in the counter-conveying direction. It is possible to prevent toner leakage due to rotation.
従って、 本実施形態によれば、 現像器 5 a〜5 dの交換やプリントヘッド 1 a〜 1 dのクリーニング作業時に、 担持ローラ 1 1や制御板 4に外部から異物が付着するこ とを防止することができるとともに、 仮に異物が付着したとしても、 人手を介さずに 自動的に除去することができる。 これにより、 制御板 4または担持ローラ 1 1の表面 に損傷を受けることや、 担持ローラ 1 1と制御板 4の画像信号電極 3 9とが電気的に 短絡することがなく、 画質が局部的に低下したり ドット抜けが発生するといつた画質 上の不具合を防ぐことができ、 装置の性能および信頼性を向上させることができる。 なお、 本実施形態では、 現像器 5 a〜5 dを筐体部材 2 a〜2 dに装着する際に、 駆動ギア 3 7がラック 3 8と嚙み合い、 現像器 5 a〜 5 dを左方向へ挿入する動作に 伴って担持ローラ 1 1が自動的に回転する構成としたが、 別途電気的駆動手段によつ て挿入途中の位置にある駆動ギア 3 7を回転駆動し、 それにより担持ローラ 1 1を回 転させるようにしても良い。 このような構成により、 駆動ギア 3 7の回転トルクが大 きい場合でも、 わずかな力で現像器 5 a ~ 5 dを筐体部材 2 a〜2 dに挿入すること ができる。 Therefore, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to prevent foreign matter from adhering to the carrying roller 11 and the control plate 4 when the developing units 5 a to 5 d are replaced or the print heads 1 a to 1 d are cleaned. And even if foreign matter adheres, without human intervention Can be removed automatically. As a result, the surface of the control plate 4 or the carrying roller 11 is not damaged, and the carrying roller 11 and the image signal electrode 39 of the control plate 4 are not electrically short-circuited. When the image quality is reduced or missing dots occur, it is possible to prevent a defect in image quality, and to improve the performance and reliability of the apparatus. In this embodiment, when the developing devices 5a to 5d are mounted on the housing members 2a to 2d, the driving gear 37 engages with the rack 38, and the developing devices 5a to 5d are connected. The carrying roller 11 automatically rotates with the insertion operation to the left.However, the driving gear 37 at the position in the middle of the insertion is rotationally driven by an electric driving means. The carrying roller 11 may be rotated. With such a configuration, even when the rotational torque of the drive gear 37 is large, the developing devices 5a to 5d can be inserted into the housing members 2a to 2d with a small force.
また、 現像器 5 a〜5 dに、 担持ローラ 1 1に回転駆動力を低減して伝達する複数 のギア列を設け、 当該ギア列を構成する各ギアがラック 3 8と順次係合することによ り、 上記と同様に現像器 5 a〜5 dの挿入負荷を軽減するようにしてもよい。  Also, a plurality of gear trains for transmitting the reduced rotational driving force to the carrying roller 11 are provided in the developing devices 5a to 5d, and each gear constituting the gear train is sequentially engaged with the rack 38. As a result, the insertion load of the developing devices 5a to 5d may be reduced in the same manner as described above.
また、 本実施形態では、 超音波振動発生部材 4 3を用いて異物を除去していたが、 超音波振動以外の方法で制御板 4に機械振動を与えるようにしてもよい。 たとえば、 引張ばね 2 6を現像器 5 a〜5 dの挿入に連動して徐々に変位させ、 現像器 5 a〜5 dが記録位置の手前の所定の位置まで挿入された時点で瞬間的にその変位を解放する ことで、 制御板 4に機械振動を付与するようにしてもよい。 このような構成により、 安価なコストで同様の効果を得ることが出来る。  Further, in the present embodiment, the foreign matter is removed using the ultrasonic vibration generating member 43, but mechanical vibration may be applied to the control plate 4 by a method other than the ultrasonic vibration. For example, the tension spring 26 is gradually displaced in conjunction with the insertion of the developing devices 5a to 5d, and momentarily when the developing devices 5a to 5d are inserted to a predetermined position before the recording position. By releasing the displacement, mechanical vibration may be applied to the control plate 4. With such a configuration, a similar effect can be obtained at a low cost.
なお、 異物を除去するためのクリーニング手段は、 機械振動を与えるものに限定さ れるわけではなく、 他の手段であってもよい。 例えば、 電界を利用するもの、 噴流を 利用するもの (エアーパージ式) 、 ブラシ等による搔き取り式のもの等でもよい。 本実施形態に係る画像形成装置は、 カラー画像を形成するために、 イェロー、 マゼ ン夕、 シアンおよびブラックの 4色の現像剤 8 a〜 8 dを収納した 4つの現像器 5 a 〜 5 dと 4つの制御板 4とを具備していたが、 単数の現像器と制御板とを具備して単 色の記録を行う画像形成装置に本発明を適用することも勿論可能である。 産業上の利用可能性 The cleaning means for removing the foreign matter is not limited to a means for applying mechanical vibration, but may be another means. For example, a device using an electric field, a device using a jet flow (air purge type), a device using a brush or the like may be used. The image forming apparatus according to the present embodiment includes four developing units 5a to 5d containing developers 8a to 8d of four colors of yellow, yellow, cyan, and black in order to form a color image. And the four control boards 4, but the present invention can of course be applied to an image forming apparatus having a single developing device and a control board and performing monochromatic recording. Industrial applicability
以上のように、 本発明は、 記録部材に現像剤を噴射して画像形成を行う画像形成装 置に対して有用であり、 例えば、 複写機、 ファクシミリ、 プリン夕等に有用である。  INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY As described above, the present invention is useful for an image forming apparatus that forms an image by ejecting a developer to a recording member, and is useful for, for example, a copying machine, a facsimile, and a printer.

Claims

請 求 の 範 囲 The scope of the claims
1 . 帯電した現像剤を担持しながら搬送する現像剤担持体と、  1. a developer carrier that carries and transports the charged developer;
上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、  A back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier,
上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設された中間像保持手段と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記中間像保持手段との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔 が形成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材における該各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設さ れ且つ画像信号が供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持 体上の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるように飛翔させて上記中間像保持手 段に付着させ、 該中間像保持手段上に中間画像を形成する現像剤通過制御部材と、 上記中間像保持手段上の中間画像を記録媒体に転写する転写手段とを備え、 上記背面電極は、 上記中間像保持手段に対して 2度〜 9 0度の巻き付け角を有する ように当接した当接部を備えている画像形成装置。  An intermediate image holding means provided between the developer carrier and the back electrode; and a plurality of developer passage holes provided between the developer carrier and the intermediate image holding means. And a signal electrode provided around each developer passage hole in the insulating base and supplied with an image signal, and the developer is provided based on the image signal. A developer passage control member for flying the developer on the carrier so as to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole and attaching the developer to the intermediate image holding means, and forming an intermediate image on the intermediate image holding means; Transfer means for transferring an intermediate image on the intermediate image holding means to a recording medium, wherein the back electrode is in contact with the intermediate image holding means so as to have a winding angle of 2 to 90 degrees. An image forming apparatus having a contact portion.
2 . 請求項 1に記載の画像形成装置であって、 2. The image forming apparatus according to claim 1, wherein
前記背面電極は、 前記中間像保持手段の走行方向と直交する方向に延びる円柱状ま たは円筒状の電極により形成されている画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the back electrode is formed by a columnar or cylindrical electrode extending in a direction orthogonal to a running direction of the intermediate image holding unit.
3 . 請求項 2に記載の画像形成装置であって、 3. The image forming apparatus according to claim 2, wherein
前記背面電極は、 回転自在な電極ローラによって構成されている画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the back electrode includes a rotatable electrode roller.
4 . 請求項 1に記載の画像形成装置であって、 4. The image forming apparatus according to claim 1, wherein
現像剤を収容する収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が取り付けられてな る現像剤供給ュニッ卜と、  A developer supply unit having a container for accommodating a developer and having the developer carrier attached thereto; and
上記現像剤供給ュニットを挿抜自在に装着する筐体部材とを備え、  A housing member for detachably mounting the developer supply unit,
前記現像剤通過制御部材は、 上記筐体部材に取り付けられている画像形成装置。 The image forming apparatus, wherein the developer passage control member is attached to the housing member.
5 . 請求項 4に記載の画像形成装置であって、 5. The image forming apparatus according to claim 4, wherein
前記現像剤供給ュニットは、 該現像剤供給ュニッ卜が前記筐体部材に装着されてい るときに前記現像剤担持体と前記背面電極との間の間隔を所定間隔に保つように該背 面電極に当接する第 1スぺーサを備えている画像形成装置。  The developer supply unit is configured such that when the developer supply unit is mounted on the housing member, the back electrode is maintained at a predetermined distance between the developer carrier and the back electrode. An image forming apparatus having a first spacer in contact with the image forming apparatus.
6 . 請求項 5に記載の画像形成装置であって、 6. The image forming apparatus according to claim 5, wherein
前記現像剤通過制御部材は、 一端が前記筐体部材に固定され且つ他端が引張部材を 介して該筐体部材に連結された制御板からなり、  The developer passage control member includes a control plate having one end fixed to the housing member and the other end connected to the housing member via a tension member,
前記現像剤担持体は、 上記制御板を押圧するように該制御板に当接している画像形 成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the developer carrier is in contact with the control plate so as to press the control plate.
7 . 請求項 5に記載の画像形成装置であって、 7. The image forming apparatus according to claim 5, wherein
前記現像剤通過制御部材は、 一端が前記筐体部材に固定され且つ他端が引張部材を 介して該筐体部材に連結された制御板からなり、  The developer passage control member includes a control plate having one end fixed to the housing member and the other end connected to the housing member via a tension member,
前記現像剤担持体は、 上記制御板を押圧するように第 2スぺーサを介して該制御板 に当接している画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the developer carrier is in contact with the control plate via a second spacer so as to press the control plate.
8 . 請求項 4に記載の画像形成装置であって、 8. The image forming apparatus according to claim 4, wherein
前記現像剤供給ュニットには、 第 1係合手段が設けられ、  The developer supply unit is provided with first engagement means,
前記筐体部材には、 上記第 1係合手段と係合することによって上記現像剤供給ュニ ットの挿抜を案内する第 2係合手段が設けられている画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the housing member is provided with a second engagement unit that guides insertion and removal of the developer supply unit by engaging with the first engagement unit.
9 . 請求項 8に記載の画像形成装置であって、 9. The image forming apparatus according to claim 8, wherein
前記第 1係合手段は、 該現像剤供給ュニットから突出する突起または棒状部材から なり、  The first engagement means comprises a projection or a rod-like member projecting from the developer supply unit,
前記第 2係合手段は、 上記突起または棒状部材を案内する案内手段からなる画像形 The second engagement means is an image-type image comprising guide means for guiding the protrusion or the rod-shaped member.
1 0 . 請求項 8に記載の画像形成装置であって、 10. The image forming apparatus according to claim 8, wherein
現像剤供給ュニットは、 前記現像剤担持体が前記背面電極の中心に向かって移動す るように案内される画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the developer supply unit is guided so that the developer carrier moves toward the center of the back electrode.
1 1 . 請求項 9に記載の画像形成装置であって、 11. The image forming apparatus according to claim 9, wherein
前記筐体部材の案内手段は、 所定の挿入方向に延びる挿入部と、 該揷入部から連続 または屈折して前記現像剤担持体を所定の記録位置に導く位置決め部とを含んでいる 画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus includes: an insertion portion extending in a predetermined insertion direction; and a positioning portion that continuously or refracts from the insertion portion and guides the developer carrier to a predetermined recording position. .
1 2 . 請求項 1 1に記載の画像形成装置であって、 12. The image forming apparatus according to claim 11, wherein
前記挿入部と前記位置決め部とは、 同一直線上に延びるように配設されている画像 形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the insertion section and the positioning section are disposed so as to extend on the same straight line.
1 3 . 請求項 1〜1 2のいずれか一つに記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記現像剤担持体と前記現像剤通過制御部材と前記背面電極とをそれそれ有する複 数の記録部を備え、 13. The image forming apparatus according to claim 1, wherein a plurality of recording units each including the developer carrier, the developer passage control member, and the back electrode are provided. With
前記中間像保持手段は、 上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材と背面電極との間を順 次走行するように設けられている画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the intermediate image holding means is provided so as to sequentially travel between a developer passage control member of each of the recording units and a back electrode.
1 4 . 帯電した現像剤を担持しながら搬送する現像剤担持体と、 14. A developer carrier that carries and transports the charged developer;
上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、  A back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier,
上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形 成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材における該各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且 つ画像信号が供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上 の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通過させて該背面電極側に飛翔させる現像剤通過制 御部材と を備える第 1、 第 2及び第 3の記録部を少なくとも含む複数の記録部と、 An insulating substrate provided between the developer carrier and the back electrode and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein; and an insulating substrate disposed around each of the developer passage holes in the insulating substrate. And a signal electrode to which an image signal is supplied. The developer on the developer carrier is caused to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole and fly toward the back electrode based on the image signal. With the developer passage control member A plurality of recording units including at least a first, a second and a third recording unit comprising:
上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材からの現像剤を受けて中間画像を生成するよう に、 上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材と背面電極との間を順次走行するように配設 された中間像保持手段と、  In order to generate an intermediate image by receiving the developer from the developer passage control member of each of the recording sections, it is arranged so as to sequentially travel between the developer passage control member of each of the recording sections and the back electrode. Intermediate image holding means,
上記中間像保持手段上の中間画像を記録媒体に転写する転写手段とを備えた画像形 成装置であって、  Transfer means for transferring the intermediate image on the intermediate image holding means to a recording medium, the image forming apparatus comprising:
少なくとも上記第 1、 第 2及び第 3記録部の各背面電極は、 上記中間像保持手段に 当接する当接部をそれそれ備える一方、 上記第 2記録部の背面電極の当接部が上記第 1記録部の背面電極の当接部と上記第 3記録部の背面電極の当接部とを結ぶ仮想線よ りも上記中間像保持ベルト側に突出するように配置されている画像形成装置。  At least each of the back electrodes of the first, second, and third recording units has a contact portion that comes into contact with the intermediate image holding unit, while the contact portion of the rear electrode of the second recording unit has An image forming apparatus disposed so as to protrude toward the intermediate image holding belt side from an imaginary line connecting a contact portion of the back electrode of the first recording unit and a contact portion of the back electrode of the third recording unit.
1 5 . 帯電した現像剤を担持しながら搬送する現像剤担持体と、 15. A developer carrier that carries and transports the charged developer;
上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、  A back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier,
上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形 成された絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材における該各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且 つ画像信号が供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上 の現像剤を所定の現像剤通過孔を通過させて該背面電極側に飛翔させる現像剤通過制 御部材と  An insulating substrate provided between the developer carrier and the back electrode and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein; and an insulating substrate disposed around each of the developer passage holes in the insulating substrate. And a signal electrode to which an image signal is supplied. The developer on the developer carrier is caused to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole and fly toward the back electrode based on the image signal. With the developer passage control member
を備える第 1及び第 2の記録部を少なくとも含む複数の記録部と、 A plurality of recording units including at least first and second recording units comprising:
上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材からの現像剤を受けて中間画像を生成するよう に、 上記各記録部の現像剤通過制御部材と背面電極との間を順次走行するように配設 された中間像保持手段と、  In order to generate an intermediate image by receiving the developer from the developer passage control member of each of the recording sections, it is arranged so as to sequentially travel between the developer passage control member of each of the recording sections and the back electrode. Intermediate image holding means,
上記中間像保持手段が上記第 1記録部から上記第 2記録部に向かって走行するよう に該中間像保持手段を該第 1記録部に案内するガイ ド部材と、  A guide member for guiding the intermediate image holding unit to the first recording unit so that the intermediate image holding unit travels from the first recording unit toward the second recording unit;
上記中間像保持手段上の中間画像を記録媒体に転写する転写手段とを備えた画像形 成装置であって、  Transfer means for transferring the intermediate image on the intermediate image holding means to a recording medium, the image forming apparatus comprising:
少なくとも上記ガイ ド部材と上記第 1及び第 2記録部の各背面電極とは、 上記中間 像保持手段に当接する当接部をそれそれ備える一方、 上記第 1記録部の背面電極の当 接部が上記ガイ ド部材の当接部と上記第 2記録部の背面電極の当接部とを結ぶ仮想線 よりも上記中間像保持ベルト側に突出するように配置されている画像形成装置。 At least the guide member and the back electrodes of the first and second recording sections are located at the intermediate position. Each of the contact portions contacting the image holding means is provided, while the contact portion of the back electrode of the first recording unit is in contact with the contact portion of the guide member and the contact portion of the back electrode of the second recording unit. The image forming apparatus is disposed so as to protrude more toward the intermediate image holding belt side than a virtual line connecting.
1 6 . 請求項 1 4または 1 5に記載の画像形成装置であって、 16. The image forming apparatus according to claim 14 or 15, wherein
前記各記録部の現像剤担持体、 現像剤通過制御部材、 中間像保持手段及び背面電極 の相互の位置関係は、 複数の記録部間において互いに同一である画像形成装置。  An image forming apparatus, wherein a mutual positional relationship among a developer carrying member, a developer passage control member, an intermediate image holding unit, and a back electrode of each recording unit is the same among a plurality of recording units.
1 7 . 請求項 1 6に記載の画像形成装置であって、 17. The image forming apparatus according to claim 16, wherein
前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が 取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニットを備え、  Each of the recording units has a container for accommodating a developer and has a developer supply unit to which the developer carrier is attached,
上記現像剤供給ュニットを着脱するときの挿抜方向が各現像剤供給ュニット毎に異 なっている画像形成装置。  An image forming apparatus in which the direction of insertion and removal of the developer supply unit is different for each developer supply unit.
1 8 . 請求項 1 6に記載の画像形成装置であって、 18. The image forming apparatus according to claim 16, wherein
前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が 取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニットと、 上記各現像剤供給ュニットを挿抜自在に 装着する筐体部材とを備え、  Each of the recording sections includes a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and having the developer carrying member attached thereto, and a housing member to which each of the developer supply units is detachably mounted. ,
上記各現像剤供給ュニットには、 第 1係合手段が設けられ、  Each of the developer supply units is provided with first engagement means,
上記各筐体部材には、 現像剤通過制御部材がそれそれ取り付けられるとともに、 上 記第 1係合手段と係合することによって上記現像剤供給ュニットの挿抜を案内する第 2係合手段が設けられ、  A developer passage control member is attached to each of the housing members, and a second engagement means is provided for guiding insertion and removal of the developer supply unit by engaging with the first engagement means. And
装置本体の上側に装着される現像剤供給ュニッ卜の挿抜方向の方が装置本体の下側 に装着される現像剤供給ュニットの揷抜方向よりも水平面に対する傾斜角度が大きく なるように、現像剤供給ュニット同士は互いに非平行に配置されている画像形成装置。  The developer is supplied such that the angle of inclination of the developer supply unit mounted on the upper side of the apparatus main body in the insertion / removal direction with respect to the horizontal plane is greater than that of the developer supply unit mounted on the lower side of the apparatus main body. An image forming apparatus in which supply units are arranged non-parallel to each other.
1 9 . 請求項 1 8に記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記第 1係合手段は、 該現像剤供給ュニットから突出する突起または棒状部材から なり、 19. The image forming apparatus according to claim 18, wherein The first engagement means comprises a projection or a rod-like member projecting from the developer supply unit,
前記第 2係合手段は、 上記突起または棒状部材を案内する案内手段からなる画像形  The second engagement means is an image-type image comprising guide means for guiding the protrusion or the rod-shaped member.
2 0 . 請求項 1 6に記載の画像形成装置であって、 20. The image forming apparatus according to claim 16, wherein
前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が 取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニットを備え、  Each of the recording units has a container for accommodating a developer and has a developer supply unit to which the developer carrier is attached,
上記現像剤供給ュニットを着脱するときの挿抜方向が互いに平行である画像形成装 置。  An image forming apparatus in which insertion and removal directions when the developer supply unit is attached and detached are parallel to each other.
2 1 . 請求項 1 6に記載の画像形成装置であって、 21. The image forming apparatus according to claim 16, wherein
前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が 取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ュニットと、 上記各現像剤供給ュニットを挿抜自在に 装着する筐体部材とを備え、  Each of the recording sections includes a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and having the developer carrying member attached thereto, and a housing member to which each of the developer supply units is detachably mounted. ,
上記各現像剤供給ュニッ卜には、 該現像剤供給ュニッ卜から突出する突起または棒 状部材が設けられ、  Each of the developer supply units is provided with a protrusion or a rod-like member projecting from the developer supply unit,
上記各筐体部材には、 現像剤通過制御部材がそれそれ取り付けられるとともに、 所 定の挿入方向に延びる揷入部と、 該挿入部から連続または屈折して上記現像剤担持体 を所定の記録位置に導く位置決め部とを含む上記突起または棒状部材の案内手段が形 成されている一方、  A developer passage control member is attached to each of the housing members, and an insertion portion extending in a predetermined insertion direction is provided. The developer carrier is continuously or refracted from the insertion portion to place the developer carrier at a predetermined recording position. While the guide means for the projection or the rod-shaped member including a positioning portion for guiding the
上記記録部の筐体部材の挿入部同士は、互いに平行に形成されている画像形成装置。  An image forming apparatus wherein the insertion portions of the housing member of the recording unit are formed in parallel with each other.
2 2 . 請求項 2 1に記載の画像形成装置であって、 22. The image forming apparatus according to claim 21, wherein
前記挿入部と前記位置決め部とは、 同一直線上に延びるように配設されている画像 形成装置。 The image forming apparatus, wherein the insertion section and the positioning section are disposed so as to extend on the same straight line.
2 3 . 請求項 1 6に記載の画像形成装置であって、 23. The image forming apparatus according to claim 16, wherein
前記各記録部は、 現像剤を収容する収容容器を有するとともに前記現像剤担持体が 取り付けられてなる現像剤供給ユニットと、 該現像剤供給ユニットに設けられ、 前記 現像剤通過制御部材を該現像剤担持体の先端側を覆うように該現像剤供給ュニットに 支持する支持部とを備え、  Each of the recording units includes a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing a developer and having the developer carrying member attached thereto; and a developer supply unit provided in the developer supply unit; A supporter for supporting the developer supply unit so as to cover the front end side of the developer carrier,
上記各現像剤供給ュニッ卜には、 該現像剤供給ュニットから突出する突起または棒 状部材からなる係合手段がそれそれ設けられ、  Each of the developer supply units is provided with an engagement means comprising a projection or a rod-like member protruding from the developer supply unit.
上記各現像剤供給ュニッ卜の係合手段を案内する複数の案内手段が形成された筐体 部材を備え、  A housing member formed with a plurality of guide means for guiding the engagement means of each of the developer supply units;
上記筐体部材の各案内手段は、 所定の挿入方向に延びる挿入部と、 該揷入部から連 続または屈折して上記各現像剤担持体を所定の記録位置に導く位置決め部とを有して いる画像形成装置。  Each guide means of the housing member has an insertion portion extending in a predetermined insertion direction, and a positioning portion connected or bent from the insertion portion to guide each of the developer carriers to a predetermined recording position. Image forming apparatus.
2 4 . 請求項 2 1〜2 3のいずれか一つに記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記挿入部は、 前記各現像剤供給ュニッ卜の装着の際に該各現像剤供給ュニッ卜を 水平方向、 斜め下方向または下方向に案内するように形成されている画像形成装置。 24. The image forming apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the insertion unit disconnects each of the developer supply units when each of the developer supply units is mounted. An image forming apparatus formed so as to be guided in a horizontal direction, a diagonally downward direction, or a downward direction.
2 5 . 請求項 2 1〜2 3のいずれか一つに記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記揷入部は、水平方向に延びる水平案内部によって構成されている画像形成装置。 25. The image forming apparatus according to any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein the insertion section includes a horizontal guide section extending in a horizontal direction.
2 6 . 請求項 1 Ί〜2 3のいずれか一つに記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記記録部の現像剤供給ュニットは、 互いに同一形状に形成されている画像形成装 26. The image forming apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the developer supply units of the recording unit are formed in the same shape.
2 7 . 請求項 1 7〜2 3のいずれか一つに記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記各現像剤供給ユニットの現像剤担持体、 現像剤通過制御部材、 中間像保持手段 及び背面電極の相互の位置関係は、 複数の現像剤供給ュニット間において互いに同一 である一方、 27. The image forming apparatus according to any one of claims 17 to 23, wherein a developer carrier of each of the developer supply units, a developer passage control member, an intermediate image holding unit, and a back electrode are provided. The mutual positional relationship is the same among multiple developer supply units. While
背面電極及び中間像保持手段に対する収容容器の位置関係は、 現像剤供給ュニット ごとに異なっている画像形成装置。  An image forming apparatus in which the positional relationship of the storage container with respect to the back electrode and the intermediate image holding unit differs for each developer supply unit.
2 8 . 請求項 2 7に記載の画像形成装置であって、 28. The image forming apparatus according to claim 27, wherein
前記現像剤供給ュニッ卜の収容容器の形状および寸法は、 複数の現像剤供給ュニッ ト間において互いに同一である一方、  While the shape and dimensions of the container for the developer supply unit are the same among a plurality of developer supply units,
現像剤担持体の中心と現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔の中心とを結ぶ仮想線と 上記収容容器との位置関係は、現像剤供給ュニットごとに異なっている画像形成装置。  An image forming apparatus, wherein a positional relationship between a virtual line connecting a center of a developer carrier and a center of a developer passage hole of a developer passage control member and the storage container is different for each developer supply unit.
2 9 . 請求項 1 8、 1 9、 および 2 1〜2 3のいずれか一つに記載の画像形成装 置であって、 29. The image forming apparatus according to any one of claims 18, 19, and 21 to 23,
前記各記録部の現像剤供給ュニットは、他の記録部の筐体部材に挿抜不能なように、 他の記録部の現像剤供給ュニットと形状または寸法が異なっている画像形成装置。  An image forming apparatus in which the developer supply unit of each recording section is different in shape or size from the developer supply unit of another recording section so that the developer supply unit cannot be inserted into or removed from a housing member of another recording section.
3 0 . 請求項 1 8に記載の画像形成装置であって、 30. The image forming apparatus according to claim 18, wherein
前記各記録部の現像剤供給ュニットの第 1係合手段は、 他の記録部の第 2係合手段 と係合不能なように、 他の記録部の現像剤供給ュニッ卜の第 1係合手段と形状または 寸法が異なつている画像形成装置。  The first engaging means of the developer supply unit of each of the recording sections does not engage with the second engaging means of the other recording section, so that the first engagement section of the developer supply unit of the other recording section does not engage with the first engaging section. An image forming apparatus having a different shape or size from the means.
3 1 . 請求項 2 3に記載の画像形成装置であって、 31. The image forming apparatus according to claim 23, wherein
前記各記録部の現像剤供給ュニッ卜の係合手段は、 他の記録部の現像剤ュニットの 係合手段を案内する案内手段と係合不能なように、 他の記録部の現像剤供給ュニット の係合手段と形状または寸法が異なつている画像形成装置。  The developer supply unit of the other recording unit is engaged with the guide unit that guides the engagement unit of the developer unit of the other recording unit. An image forming apparatus having a different shape or size from the engaging means.
3 2 . 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しながら搬送す る現像剤担持体とを有する現像剤供給ュニットと、 上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、 32. a developer supply unit having a storage container for storing the developer, and a developer carrying body for carrying and transporting the developer in the storage container; A back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier,
上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設された受像体と、  An image receiving member disposed between the developer carrier and the back electrode,
上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成さ れた絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が 供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所 定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるように飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる現像剤通過制 御部材とを備え、  An insulating substrate provided between the developer carrier and the image receiving member and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein; and an insulating substrate disposed around each developer passage hole of the insulating substrate. And a signal electrode to which an image signal is supplied, and based on the image signal, the developer on the developer carrier is caused to fly so as to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole, and is applied to the image receiving body. And a developer passage control member to be attached.
上記現像剤供給ュニットは、 装置本体に対し着脱自在に形成され、  The developer supply unit is formed detachably with respect to the apparatus main body,
上記現像剤担持体は、 上記現像剤供給ュニットが上記装置本体に装着されていると きに上記現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔に臨む部分が現像剤を鉛直下向き方向ま たは略鉛直下向き方向に搬送するように形成されている画像形成装置。  When the developer supply unit is mounted on the apparatus main body, a portion of the developer carrier that faces the developer passage hole of the developer passage control member vertically or substantially vertically faces the developer. An image forming apparatus formed to be conveyed in a downward direction.
3 3 . 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しながら搬送す る現像剤担持体とを有する現像剤供給ュニッ卜と、 33. a developer supply unit having a housing container for housing the developer and a developer carrier for carrying and transporting the developer in the housing container;
上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、  A back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier,
上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設された受像体と、  An image receiving member disposed between the developer carrier and the back electrode,
上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成さ れた絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が 供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所 定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるように飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる現像剤通過制 御部材とを備え、  An insulating substrate provided between the developer carrier and the image receiving member and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein; and an insulation substrate disposed around each developer passage hole of the insulating substrate. And a signal electrode to which an image signal is supplied, and the developer on the developer carrier is caused to fly so as to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole on the basis of the image signal so as to be applied to the image receiving body. And a developer passage control member to be attached.
上記現像剤供給ュニットは、 装置本体に対して水平方向または略水平方向に挿抜自 在に形成されている画像形成装置。  An image forming apparatus, wherein the developer supply unit is inserted and removed in a horizontal direction or a substantially horizontal direction with respect to the apparatus main body.
3 4 . 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しながら搬送す る現像剤担持体とを有する現像剤供給ュニッ卜と、 34. a developer supply unit having a housing container for housing the developer and a developer carrier for carrying the developer in the housing container while carrying the developer;
上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、 上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設された受像体と、 A back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier, An image receiving member disposed between the developer carrier and the back electrode,
上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成さ れた絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が 供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所 定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるように飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる現像剤通過制 御部材と、  An insulating substrate provided between the developer carrier and the image receiving member and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein; and an insulation substrate disposed around each developer passage hole of the insulating substrate. And a signal electrode to which an image signal is supplied, and the developer on the developer carrier is caused to fly so as to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole on the basis of the image signal so as to be applied to the image receiving body. A developer passage control member to be attached;
上記現像剤供給ュニットを挿入するためのュニット揷入口が設けられ、 該現像剤供 給ュニットを挿抜自在に支持する装置本体と、  An apparatus main body that is provided with a unit inlet for inserting the developer supply unit, and that supports the developer supply unit in a freely insertable and removable manner;
上記現像剤供給ュニットが上記装置本体から離脱しているときに該装置本体のュニ ット挿入口を閉鎖するように、 該現像剤供給ュニットの挿抜に連動して該ュニット挿 入口を開閉するシャッター手段と  The unit inlet is opened and closed in conjunction with the insertion and removal of the developer supply unit so that the unit inlet of the apparatus main body is closed when the developer supply unit is detached from the apparatus main body. Shutter means
を備えている画像形成装置。 An image forming apparatus comprising:
3 5 . 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しながら搬送す る現像剤担持体とを有し、 装置本体に対し着脱自在に形成された現像剤供給ュニット と、 35. A developer supply unit having a storage container for storing the developer and a developer carrying body for carrying and transporting the developer in the storage container, the developer supply unit being detachably formed in the apparatus main body;
上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、  A back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier,
上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設された受像体と、  An image receiving member disposed between the developer carrier and the back electrode,
上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体との間に配設され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成さ れた絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が 供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所 定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるように飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる現像剤通過制 御部材と、  An insulating substrate provided between the developer carrier and the image receiving member and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein; and an insulation substrate disposed around each developer passage hole of the insulating substrate. And a signal electrode to which an image signal is supplied, and the developer on the developer carrier is caused to fly so as to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole on the basis of the image signal so as to be applied to the image receiving body. A developer passage control member to be attached;
上記現像剤供給ュニットが上記装置本体に装着されていないときにまたは該前記現 像剤供給ュニットの該装置本体への装着に際して、 上記現像剤通過制御部材に付着し ている異物を除去するためのクリーニング動作を実行するクリーニング手段と を備えている画像形成装置。 A removing means for removing foreign substances adhering to the developer passage control member when the developer supply unit is not mounted on the apparatus main body or when the developer supply unit is mounted on the apparatus main body; An image forming apparatus comprising: a cleaning unit that performs a cleaning operation.
3 6 . 請求項 3 5に記載の画像形成装置であって、 36. The image forming apparatus according to claim 35, wherein
前記クリーニング手段は、 前記現像剤通過制御部材に機械的振動を付与する振動手 段を備えている画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the cleaning unit includes a vibration unit that applies mechanical vibration to the developer passage control member.
3 7 . 現像剤を収容する収容容器と該収容容器内の現像剤を担持しながら搬送す る現像剤担持体とを有し、 装置本体に対し着脱自在に形成された現像剤供給ュニット と、 37. A developer supply unit having a storage container for storing the developer and a developer carrying member for carrying and transporting the developer in the storage container, the developer supply unit being detachably formed in the apparatus main body;
上記現像剤担持体に対向するように配設された背面電極と、  A back electrode disposed to face the developer carrier,
上記現像剤担持体と上記背面電極との間に配設された受像体と、  An image receiving member disposed between the developer carrier and the back electrode,
上記現像剤担持体と上記受像体との間に配置され且つ複数の現像剤通過孔が形成さ れた絶縁性基材と、 該絶縁性基材の各現像剤通過孔の周りに配設され且つ画像信号が 供給される信号電極とを有し、 該画像信号に基づいて該現像剤担持体上の現像剤を所 定の現像剤通過孔を通過させるように飛翔させて該受像体に付着させる現像剤通過制 御部材とを備え、  An insulating substrate disposed between the developer carrier and the image receiving member and having a plurality of developer passage holes formed therein; and an insulating substrate disposed around each developer passage hole of the insulating substrate. And a signal electrode to which an image signal is supplied. Based on the image signal, the developer on the developer carrier is caused to fly so as to pass through a predetermined developer passage hole and adhere to the image receiver. A developer passage control member for causing
上記現像剤供給ュニットは、 上記装置本体への装着に伴って上記現像剤担持体に搬 送運動を行わせるように形成されている画像形成装置。  An image forming apparatus, wherein the developer supply unit is formed so as to carry a transporting motion to the developer carrier when the developer supply unit is mounted on the apparatus body.
3 8 . 請求項 3 2、 3 4、 3 5または 3 7に記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記現像剤供給ュニットは、 前記装置本体に対し水平方向または略水平方向に挿抜 自在に形成されている画像形成装置。 38. The image forming apparatus according to claim 32, 34, 35, or 37, wherein the developer supply unit is formed so as to be freely inserted into and removed from the apparatus main body in a horizontal direction or a substantially horizontal direction. Image forming apparatus.
3 9 . 請求項 3 2、 3 3、 3 5または 3 7に記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記装置本体には、 前記現像剤供給ュニットを挿入するためのュニット揷入口が形 成され、 39. The image forming apparatus according to claim 32, 33, 35, or 37, wherein a unit entrance for inserting the developer supply unit is formed in the apparatus main body,
前記現像剤供給ュニツトが上記装置本体から離脱しているときに該装置本体のュニ ット挿入口を閉鎖するように、 該現像剤供給ュニッ卜の挿抜に連動して該ュニット挿 入口を開閉するシャツ夕一手段を備えている画像形成装置。 When the developer supply unit is detached from the apparatus main body, the unit is inserted in and out of the developer supply unit so as to close the unit insertion opening of the apparatus main body. An image forming apparatus having a shirt opening and closing means for opening and closing an entrance.
4 0 . 請求項 3 2、 3 3、 3 4または 3 7に記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記現像剤通過制御部材には、 前記現像剤供給ュニッ卜が前記装置本体に装着され ていないときにまたは該現像剤供給ュニットの該装置本体への装着に際して、 該現像 剤通過制御部材に付着している異物を除去するためのクリ一ニング動作を実行するク リ一二ング手段が設けられている画像形成装置。 40. The image forming apparatus according to claim 32, 33, 34, or 37, wherein the developer supply unit does not include the developer supply unit attached to the apparatus main body. Cleaning means is provided for executing a cleaning operation for removing foreign substances adhering to the developer passage control member, at the time of or at the time of mounting the developer supply unit on the apparatus main body. Image forming apparatus.
4 1 . 請求項 4 0に記載の画像形成装置であって、 41. The image forming apparatus according to claim 40, wherein
前記クリーニング手段は、 前記現像剤通過制御部材に機械的振動を付与する振動手 段を備えている画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the cleaning unit includes a vibration unit that applies mechanical vibration to the developer passage control member.
4 2 . 請求項 3 5に記載の画像形成装置であって、 42. The image forming apparatus according to claim 35, wherein
前記装置本体は、 前記現像剤通過制御部材から除去された現像剤を回収する回収部 を備えている画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the apparatus main body includes a recovery unit configured to recover the developer removed from the developer passage control member.
4 3 . 請求項 3 2、 3 3、 3 4または 3 5に記載の画像形成装置であって、 前記現像剤供給ュニットは、 前記装置本体への装着に伴って前記現像剤担持体に搬 送運動を行わせるように形成されている画像形成装置。 43. The image forming apparatus according to claim 32, 33, 34, or 35, wherein the developer supply unit is transported to the developer carrier as the developer supply unit is mounted on the apparatus main body. An image forming apparatus that is formed to perform exercise.
4 4 . 請求項 3 6に記載の画像形成装置であって、 44. The image forming apparatus according to claim 36, wherein
前記振動手段は、  The vibration means,
超音波振動を発生する超音波振動発生体と、  An ultrasonic vibration generator that generates ultrasonic vibration,
前記現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔の配列方向に延びるように該現像剤通過 制御部材の該現像剤通過孔の側方に固着されるとともに、 上記超音波振動発生体の超 音波振動を該現像剤通過制御部材に伝達するように一端が該超音波振動発生体に連結 された振動体と を備えている画像形成装置。 The developer passage control member is fixed to the side of the developer passage hole of the developer passage control member so as to extend in the direction of arrangement of the developer passage holes of the developer passage control member. A vibrator having one end connected to the ultrasonic vibration generator so as to transmit the vibration to the developer passage control member; An image forming apparatus comprising:
4 5 . 請求項 3 7に記載の画像形成装置であって、 45. The image forming apparatus according to claim 37, wherein
前記現像剤供給ュニットを前記装置本体に着脱する際に、 前記現像剤担持体が現像 剤搬送方向と逆方向の搬送運動を行うことを阻止する阻止手段を備えている画像形成  An image forming apparatus comprising: an image forming unit configured to prevent the developer carrier from performing a transport movement in a direction opposite to a developer transport direction when the developer supply unit is attached to or detached from the apparatus main body.
4 6 . 請求項 3 7に記載の画像形成装置であって、 46. The image forming apparatus according to claim 37, wherein
前記現像剤担持体は、 担持ローラにより構成される一方、  The developer carrier is constituted by a carrier roller,
上記担持ローラには、 該担持ローラと共に回転する回転ギア手段が設けられ、 前記装置本体には、 前記現像剤供給ュニットの装着に伴って上記担持ローラを現像 剤搬送方向に回転させるように前記回転ギア手段と係合するラック手段が設けられて いる画像形成装置。  The carrier roller is provided with a rotating gear unit that rotates together with the carrier roller. The apparatus main body includes the rotation unit that rotates the carrier roller in a developer conveying direction with the mounting of the developer supply unit. An image forming apparatus provided with rack means for engaging with gear means.
4 7 . 請求項 4 6に記載の画像形成装置であって、 47. The image forming apparatus according to claim 46, wherein
前記担持ローラは、 ローラの一部が前記収容容器の外部に露出するように該収容容 器に設けられる一方、 前記現像剤通過制御部材の現像剤通過孔に臨む部分が現像剤を 鉛直下向きに搬送するように形成されてなり、  The carrying roller is provided in the container such that a part of the roller is exposed to the outside of the container, and a portion of the developer passage control member facing the developer passage hole directs the developer vertically downward. Formed to carry,
前記装置本体には、 上記収容容器を水平方向に挿抜自在に形成された筐体部材が設 けられ、  The apparatus main body is provided with a housing member formed so that the container can be inserted and removed in the horizontal direction.
前記回転ギア手段は、 上記担持ローラと同軸に配設され、  The rotating gear means is disposed coaxially with the carrying roller,
前記ラック手段は、 上記筐体部材の内側下面に配設されている画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus, wherein the rack means is provided on an inner lower surface of the housing member.
4 8 . 請求項 4 6に記載の画像形成装置であって、 48. The image forming apparatus according to claim 46, wherein
前記回転ギア手段は、 前記ラック手段との係合による回転駆動力を低減して前記担 持ローラに伝達する減速ギアによって形成されている画像形成装置。  The image forming apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the rotating gear unit is formed by a reduction gear that reduces a rotational driving force generated by engagement with the rack unit and transmits the rotation driving force to the support roller.
PCT/JP2000/007773 1999-11-04 2000-11-02 Image forming device WO2001032432A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU10564/01A AU1056401A (en) 1999-11-04 2000-11-02 Image forming device

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP11/314104 1999-11-04
JP31410499 1999-11-04
JP11/314149 1999-11-04
JP31414999 1999-11-04

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2001032432A1 true WO2001032432A1 (en) 2001-05-10

Family

ID=26567823

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2000/007773 WO2001032432A1 (en) 1999-11-04 2000-11-02 Image forming device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
AU (1) AU1056401A (en)
WO (1) WO2001032432A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010167673A (en) * 2009-01-22 2010-08-05 Ricoh Co Ltd Image creating apparatus and image forming apparatus
JP2011145618A (en) * 2010-01-18 2011-07-28 Ricoh Co Ltd Imaging apparatus, and image-forming apparatus
CN110225828A (en) * 2017-02-27 2019-09-10 惠普深蓝有限责任公司 It prints reagent and applies component

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE4338992A1 (en) * 1992-11-13 1994-05-26 Array Printers Ab Device for displaying multicolored images
JPH07314766A (en) * 1994-05-26 1995-12-05 Brother Ind Ltd Image forming device
JP2000263829A (en) * 1999-03-15 2000-09-26 Minolta Co Ltd Powder developer spraying image forming apparatus
JP2000326541A (en) * 1999-05-19 2000-11-28 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Image-forming apparatus, and its manufacture and apparatus

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE4338992A1 (en) * 1992-11-13 1994-05-26 Array Printers Ab Device for displaying multicolored images
JPH07314766A (en) * 1994-05-26 1995-12-05 Brother Ind Ltd Image forming device
JP2000263829A (en) * 1999-03-15 2000-09-26 Minolta Co Ltd Powder developer spraying image forming apparatus
JP2000326541A (en) * 1999-05-19 2000-11-28 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Image-forming apparatus, and its manufacture and apparatus

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010167673A (en) * 2009-01-22 2010-08-05 Ricoh Co Ltd Image creating apparatus and image forming apparatus
US8259141B2 (en) 2009-01-22 2012-09-04 Ricoh Company, Limited Image forming device based on direct recording method and image forming apparatus including the same
JP2011145618A (en) * 2010-01-18 2011-07-28 Ricoh Co Ltd Imaging apparatus, and image-forming apparatus
CN110225828A (en) * 2017-02-27 2019-09-10 惠普深蓝有限责任公司 It prints reagent and applies component
US10877402B2 (en) 2017-02-27 2020-12-29 Hp Indigo B.V. Print agent application assemblies
CN110225828B (en) * 2017-02-27 2021-08-10 惠普深蓝有限责任公司 Printing agent application assembly

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU1056401A (en) 2001-05-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11237514B2 (en) Image forming apparatus, image forming cartridge supporter, and image forming unit
KR100637911B1 (en) Stably operable image-forming apparatus with improved paper conveying and ejecting mechanism
US8543051B2 (en) Image forming apparatus and sheet feeding device
US7396123B2 (en) Transport apparatus and recording apparatus
US11709455B2 (en) Cartridge, process cartridge, and image forming apparatus
JP2016206330A (en) Developing device and image formation device
JP5919790B2 (en) Image forming apparatus
KR100765762B1 (en) Hybrid image forming apparatus
WO2001032432A1 (en) Image forming device
JP5195694B2 (en) Recording device
JP4464200B2 (en) Recording device
JP2017083559A (en) Developing device, process cartridge, and image forming apparatus
JP2004175494A (en) Image recording device
JP5980089B2 (en) Toner cartridge and image forming apparatus using the same
US6557980B1 (en) Image forming device, and its manufacturing method and apparatus
US10434798B2 (en) Printing apparatus
JP2017177509A (en) Printing device
JP2004217373A (en) Paper sheets feeding device and image forming apparatus
JP2004249519A (en) Image recorder
JPS624150A (en) Printing device
JP2022159620A (en) Powder supply device and image forming apparatus
JP2021096361A (en) Image forming apparatus
JP2002086755A (en) Supply cartridge and imaging apparatus therewith
JP2005343637A (en) Transport device and recording apparatus
JP2002264383A (en) Imaging apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP

Ref document number: 2001 534611

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10111941

Country of ref document: US

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: DE

Ref legal event code: 8642

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase